-
1 αὐτός
Aαὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so laterἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
;αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master,Id.
Fr. 268, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
;αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
;τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even,οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.2 of oneself, of one's own accord,ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; ;καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
;ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person,τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924; by himself,Hdt.
5.85; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
;ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
;τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
;αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art.,τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., , etc.; doubled,ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self,Id.
Cra. 439a.5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also withoutσύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); : with Art., ;αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.7 freq. coupled withοὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.;αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; alsoλεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
;πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
;σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
;νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; soαὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; alsoαὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
;αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., , cf. Pr. 762; : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron.,πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
;θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; ;τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj.,αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
;τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.12 [comp] Comp.αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup. his very self,Ar.
Pl.83: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
;πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
;ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative,ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
;ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions,ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
;τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; ;ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
; face to face,Jul.
Or.2.5a0.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.IV Adverbial phrases:1 simply, merely,Ph.
2.252, etc.;αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
;αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.4 with Preps., added together, making a total,PLond.
2.196.37 (ii A. D.); together, at the same time,Act.Ap.
14.1, etc.; but just then,Hdn.
1.12.3.V In Compos.:1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts. -
2 γίγνομαι
γίγνομαι, [dialect] Ion. and after Arist. [full] γίνομαι [pron. full] [ῑ], ([dialect] Att. Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cent., cf. IG2.11.9, 1055.25, etc.); Thess. [full] γίνυμαι IG9(2).517.22; [dialect] Boeot. [full] γίνιουμαι ib.7.3303: [tense] fut. γενήσομαι: [tense] aor. ἐγενόμην (A , al. ([etym.] προ-) Decr.Byz. ap. D.18.90), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 2sg.γένευ Il.5.897
, [ per.] 3sg.γενέσκετο Od.11.208
, , Sapph.16, Pi.P.3.87, Parm.8.20, IG4.492 ([place name] Mycenae), prob.in Scol. 19; [dialect] Ep. , Emp.98.5, Call.Jov.1.50, Theoc.14.27, etc. ([etym.] gṇ-το): [tense] pf.γέγονα Il.19.122
, etc.: [ per.] 3pl.γέγοναν Apoc.21.6
: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγόνει Lys.31.17
, etc.; [dialect] Ion.ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
; [dialect] Ep. forms (as if from [tense] pf. γέγᾰα), [ per.] 2pl.γεγάᾱτε Batr.143
;γεγάᾱσι Il.4.325
, freq. in Od.: [ per.] 3pl. γεγᾱκᾰσιν cj. in Emp.23.10: [ per.] 3 dual [tense] plpf. ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] Od.10.138; inf. γεγάμεν [ᾰ] Pi.O.9.110, ([etym.] ἐκ) Il.5.248, etc.; part. γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, pl.-ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι Hom.
, etc., [var] contr.γεγώς, -ῶσα S.Aj. 472
, E.Med. 406; inf.γεγᾱκειν Pi.O.6.49
: [voice] Med. forms ἐκγεγάασθε Epigr.Hom.16, ἐκ-γεγάονται (in [tense] fut. sense) h.Ven. 197 (s.v.l.):—[voice] Pass. forms, [tense] fut. γενηθήσομαι (only in Pl.Prm. 141e, οὔτε γενήσεται, οὔτε γενηθήσεται, cf. Procl.in Prm.p.963 S.): [tense] aor.ἐγενήθην Epich.209
, Archyt.1, Hp.Epid.6.8.32,7.3, later [dialect] Att., Philem. 95.2 and 167, IG2.630b10 (i B. C.) and Hellenistic Gk., Plb.2.67.8, D.S.13.51: [tense] pf.γεγένημαι Simon.69
, freq. in [dialect] Att. Poets and Prose, in [dialect] Att. inscr. first in cent. iv, IG2.555: [ per.] 3pl.γεγενέανται Philet.
ap.Eust.1885.51: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγένητο Th.7.18
, al.; cf. γείνομαι:— come into a new state of being: hence,I abs., come into being opp. εἶναι, Emp.17.11, Pl.Phd. 102e, cf. Ti. 29a; and so,1 of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, Od.19.400; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, Il.2.866;ἢ πρόσθε θανεῖν ἢ ἔπειτα γ. Hes.Op. 175
; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ'.. ἐκράνθη at our birth, A.Eu. 347;γ. ἔκ τινος Il.5.548
, Hdt.7.11;πατρὸς ἐκ ταὐτοῦ E.IA 406
, cf. Isoc.5.136;σέθεν.. ἐξ αἵματος A.Th. 142
; less freq.ἀπό τινος Hdt.8.22
, etc.; , etc.; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, Ar.Eq. 218, Isoc.7.37, etc.; κάλλιον, εὖ, Hdt. 1.146, 3.69; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, A.Fr. 401: freq. with Numerals,ἔτεα τρία καὶ δέκα γεγονώς Hdt.1.119
;ἀμφὶ τὰ πέντε ἢ ἑκκαίδεκα ἔτη γενόμενος X.Cyr.1.4.16
;γεγονὼς ἔτη περὶ πεντήκοντα D. 21.154
; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond.., X.Cyr.1.2.4: c. gen., , etc.: rarely with ordinals,ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς Luc.Macr. 22
, cf. Plu.Phil.18.2 of things, to be produced,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
; opp. ὄλλυσθαι, Parm.8.13,40; opp. ἀπόλλυσθαι, Anaxag.17, cf. Pl.R. 527b, etc.; opp. ἀπολείπειν, Diog. Apoll.7; opp. ἀπολήγειν, Emp.17.30;τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ ἐξ ὧν γίγνεται Pl.Phlb. 27a
;ἁπλῇ διηγήσει ἢ διὰ μιμήσεως γ. Id.R. 392d
;ὁ ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος X.Mem.3.6.13
; τὰ ἐν ἀγρῷ γιγνόμενα ib.2.9.4; of profits,καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. Id.Cyr.1.1.2
, etc.; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, 4 talents, Id.HG4.2.7; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of].., Id.An.5.3.4; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, Pl.Ap. 36a; ἕκατον εἴκοσι στατήρων γίγνονται τρισχίλιαι τριακόσιαι ἑξήκοντα [δραχμαί] 120 staters amount to 3, 360 drachmae, D.34.24; so in Math., of products,ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός Euc.7.24
; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied by 100, Papp.10.13; of times of day,ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Th.7.81
, etc.;ἕως ἂν φῶς γένηται Pl.Prt. 311a
;ἅμα ἕῳ γιγνομένῃ Th.4.32
; of Time in general, elapse, ;χρόνου γενομένου D.S.20.109
.b falldue,οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί X.An.1.1.8
;τοὺς τόκους τοὺς γ. Isoc.17.37
; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ., τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, D.24.82, Syngr. ap. eund.35.11;τὸ γ. μέρος X.HG7.4.33
;τὸ γ. τοῖ πλήθι τᾶς ζαμίαυ IG5(2).6
A20 (Tegea, iv B. C.): c. dat.,τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον UPZ 19.32
(ii B. C.);τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. Thphr.Fr.97
;τὰ γ.
dues,PHib.
1.92 and 111 (iii B. C.): hence γιγνόμενος regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, D. 38.25; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, X.Cyr.5.4.51; freq. in later Gk., as Luc.Tox.18, etc.3 of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be,καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο Il.13.86
, etc.;μάχη ἐγεγόνει Pl.Chrm. 153b
, etc.; ;ἡ νόσος ἤρξατο γίγνεσθαι Id.2.47
; πνεῦμα εἰώθει γ. ib.84; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, X.HG7.4.28, Aeschin.3.41, etc.; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, X.Cyr.2.2.21; πιστὰ γ., ὅρκοι γ., pledges are given, oaths taken, ib.7.4.3, D.19.158; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masc.), X.An.7.1.30, (neut.) Pl.Tht. 200e;τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀθηναίων Th.6.88
;τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.Praef.
;ὕβρισμα ἐκ τῶν Σαμίων γενόμενον Id.3.48
;ἀπό τινος γ. X.An.5.6.30
;παρά τινος Pl.R. 614a
; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, D.10.27,28.21; but γένοιτο, = Amen, LXX Is.25.1; γένοιτο γένοιτο ib.Ps.71(72).19: Math., γεγονέτω suppose it done, Euc.6.23, etc.; it is done,Apoc.
16.17: c. dat. et part., γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (v. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος) ; οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, Od.3.228;ἡδομένοισι ἡμῖν οἱ λόγοι γεγόνασι Hdt.9.46
, etc.; of sacrifices, omens, etc., οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά ib.61, cf.62;τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο X.An.6.4.9
: abs., τὰ διαβατήρια ἐγ. were favourable, Th.5.55;θυομένῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά X.HG3.1.17
: in neut. part., τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, Th.6.54; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, X.Cyr.3.1.9, etc.;τὸ γιγνόμενον Pl.Tht. 161b
, etc.; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, X.An.6.2.14; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, Th.1.138; τὰ γεγονότα, opp. ὄντα, μέλλοντα, Pl.R. 392d, cf. Lg. 896a: of Time, ;ἕως ἄν τινες χρόνοι γένωνται Pl.Phd. 108c
; but in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have passed,ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
;πρὶν ἓξ μῆνας γεγονέναι Pl.Prt. 320a
: impers., ἐγένετο or γέγονεν ὥστε .. it happened, came to pass that.., X.HG5.3.10, Isoc. 6.40, etc.; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν.. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard.. that.., LXX Ge.39.19;ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι.. καὶ διήρχετο Ev.Luc.17.11
: c. inf., γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, Thgn.639; ἐγένετο, c. acc. et inf., it came to pass that, Act.Ap.9.3, al., PAmh.2.135.10 (ii A. D.): c. dat. et inf.,ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι Epict.Ench. 23
.1 folld. by Nouns and Adjs.,δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. Il.6.82
, cf. 8.282;σωτὴρ γενοῦ μοι A.Ch.2
;κωλυτὴς γ. τινός Th.3.23
; [οὖροι] νηῶν πομπῆες γ. Od.4.362
, etc.; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, ib. 417; παντοῖος γ., folld. by μή, c. inf., Hdt.3.124;παντοῖος γ. δεόμενος Id.7.10
.γ; ἐκ πλουσίου πένης γ. X.An.7.7.28
;δημοτικὸς ἐξ ὀλιγαρχικοῦ γ. Pl.R. 572d
: rarely c. part., μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, S.Aj. 588, cf. Ph. 773;μὴ ἀπαρνηθεὶς γένῃ Pl.Sph. 217c
;ἀποτετραμμένοι ἐγένοντο Th. 3.68
, etc.: with Pron., τί γένωμαι ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? A.Th. 297, cf. Theoc.15.51;οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅτι γένωνται Th.2.52
; less freq. with masc.,οὐδ' ἔχω τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
;γίγνονται πάνθ' ὅτι βούλονται Ar.Nu. 348
.b in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, POxy.38.11 (i A. D.); ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, PFlor.99.4 (i/ii A. D.).2 with Advbs.,κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι Hdt.1.8
; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ., it goes well, etc., X.An.1.7.5, Arr.Epict.3.24.97, LXX To. 7.9; with personal construction,οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται Plu.2.127b
; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from.., X.Cyr.8.7.20; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, Id.An.6.2.16; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, E.Hec. 372, X.HG6.5.38, etc.3 folld. by oblique cases of Nouns,a c. gen., γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of.., Hdt.5.25, X.Cyr.1.2.15, cf. Ar.Nu. 107, etc.;βουλῆς γεγονώς D.C.36.28
(cf. supr.1.b); fall to, belong to,ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο X.HG4.3.20
; to be under control of,ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται S. OC 660
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 250a (s. v.l.);ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι D.4.7
(alsoἐντὸς ἑωυτοῦ γ. Hdt.1.119
;ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. X.An.1.5.17
;ἐν σαυτοῦ γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
);τὴν πόλιν ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γινομένην Plu.Phoc.23
: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, , cf.X.Oec.20.23.c with Preps., γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done.., Hdt.2.78, 1.50; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from.., X.Mem.1.2.25; γ. εἴς τι turn into,τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν Thgn.162
; freq. in LXX,ἐγενήθη μοι εἰς γυναῖκα Ge.20.12
; εἰς βρῶσιν ib.La.4.10; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, Act.Ap.5.36, 1 Ep.Thess. 3.5;ἐς Αακεδαίμονα Hdt.5.38
(in Hom. even without Prep.,ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. Od.4.634
); γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, Is.3.36; of a ward, And.1.117; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, Hdt.5.24; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from.., Paus.4.26.6;γ. ἐν Χίῳ Hdt.5.33
, etc.; γ. ἐν .., to be engaged in.., οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, Id.2.82; ἐν [πολέμῳ] Th.1.78;ἐν πείρᾳ γ. τινος X.An.1.9.1
; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ., Plu.Flam.16, Rom.7; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, X.HG4.3.2;ἐν τύχῃ γ. τινί τι Th.4.73
; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, X.An.3.4.24; but δι' ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, Ar.Ra. 1412; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at.., Hdt.1.189, etc.; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, X.An.3.1.13, etc.;ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς γ. D.21.58
codd. (- ᾶς Schaefer); γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over.., X.Cyr.3.3.53; γ. ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, Aeschin.2. 36;γ. ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως D.C.43.48
; γ. ἐπ' ἐλπίδος to be in hope, Plu.Sol.14: Math., γ. ἐπὶ ἀριθμόν to be multiplied into a number, Theol.Ar.3; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near.. or opposite to.., in battle, X.Cyr.7.1.14, HG4.2.18; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, Th.2.21;καθ' ἓν γ. Id.3.10
; καθ' αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, D.10.52; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, X.Cyr.8.7.27, etc.;ἡ νίκη γ. σύν τινι Id.Ages.2.13
; γ. παρ' ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, Th.5.26; γ. παρά τι to depend upon.., D.18.232; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in.., Isoc.3.12; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, PFay. 128, etc.; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near.., Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in.., Isoc. 12.270, D.18.176; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, Plu.2.151c; soγ. πρὸς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι Pl.R. 604d
;πρὸς παρασκευήν Plb.1.22.2
: impers.,ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἐγίγνετο X.HG2.4.6
; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, Hdt.7.22; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, Il.4.382; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to.., Hdt.7.11, Th.7.64; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of.., X.Cyr.7.1.34.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γίγνομαι
-
3 μόνος
μόνος, η, ον, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] μοῦνος, the only form used by Hom. (as in all derivs. exc. μονόω), Hes., and Hdt., also by Pi.P.9.27, I.5(4).12, B.3.80, al., by S. both in iamb. and lyr., by A. only in compd. μουνώψ, by E. only in μούναρχος: [dialect] Dor. [full] μῶνος Theoc.2.64, 20.45:—A alone, solitary,μοῦνος ἐὼν πολέσιν μετὰ Καδμείοισιν Il.4.388
;ἢ ὅ γε μοῦνος ἐών Od.3.217
;μούνω ἄνευθ' ἄλλων 16.239
: joined with ἐρῆμος, S. Ant. 887, Ph. 470;μόνοι γὰρ ἐσμέν Luc.JTr.21
;ἄνθρωπος πρεσβύτης καὶ μ. BGU180.23
(ii A.D.);φυγὴ μόνου πρὸς μόνον Plot.6.9.11
.2 c. gen., σοῦ μόνος bereft of thee, without thee, S.Aj. 511; alsoμοῦνος ἀπ' ἄλλων h.Merc. 193
, S.Ph. 183 (lyr.);ἑτάρων ἄπο μ. A.R.3.908
.II only,μοῦνον Λαέρτην Ἀρκείσιος υἱὸν ἔτικτε, μοῦνον δ' αὖτ' Ὀδυσῆα πατὴρ τέκεν Od.16.118
, cf. Il.9.482;μόνης γὰρ σοῦ κλύων ἀνέξεται A.Pers. 838
, cf. 632 (anap.), Pr. 425 (lyr.), etc.; χοίνικος μόνας ἁλῶν for a gallon of salt only, Ar.Ach. 814; single,οὐκ ἄρα μοῦνον ἔην Ἐρίδων γένος, ἀλλὰ.. δύω Hes.Op.11
, cf. S.OT 1280; εἷς μοῦνος or μόνος, Hdt.1.38, S. OT63: once in Hom.,μία μούνη Od.23.227
: joined withαὐτός, αὐτὼ μόνω Pl.Ly. 211c
;αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτοὺς μόνοι Id.Plt. 307e
.2 c. gen., μοῦνος ποταμῶν alone of rivers, Hdt.2.25, cf. 29;μ. θεῶν γὰρ Θάνατος οὐ δώρων ἐρᾷ A.Fr. 161
;μ. τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν Lycurg.102
; but μοῦνος πάντων ἀνθρώπων he and no other of all men, Hdt.1.25; ἀνδρῶν γε μοῦνος he and no other, S.OC 1250, cf. El. 531;ὦ μόνα ὦ φίλα γυναικῶν E.Alc. 460
(lyr.).3 freq. repeated in the same clause,ξυμπεσὼν μόνος μόνοις S.Aj. 467
; Ἕκτορος μόνος μόνου.. ἐναντίος ib. 1283;σὺν τέκνοις μόνη μόνοις E.Med. 513
;μόνος μόνῳ D.18.137
.4 expressing rhetorically pre-eminence in an action or quality, μόνα κατέχεσθαι ποιεῖ are unique for causing possession, Pl.Smp. 215c, cf. 222a, S.OC 261, OT 299, Isoc.14.57; [ἐπέδειξε] σαφέστατα μόνος ἀνθρώπων Lys.24.9
.III [comp] Sup. μονώτατος one above all others, Ar. Eq. 352, Pl. 182, Lycurg.89, Theoc.15.137, Phld.Rh.1.350 S.B Adv. [full] μόνως, on one condition only, folld. by εἰ, Th.8.81, X. Mem.1.5.5, Cyr.3.2.23; in one way only, Them.in Ph.29.22, al.; in a unique manner, Dam.Pr.98: later, simply, only, Phld.Oec.p.53 J., Ph. 1.559, AP12.254 (Strat.), Iamb.Myst.4.7, Procl.in Prm.p.479 S.II neut. as Adv., μόνον alone, only,οὐχ ἅπαξ μ. A.Pr. 211
, etc.: freq. with imper.,μ. φύλαξαι Id.Supp. 1012
;ἀποκρίνου μ. Pl.Grg. 494d
; soμ. Κράτος συγγένοιτό σοι A.Ch. 244
;μὴ 'μὲ καταπίῃς μ. E.Cyc. 219
, etc.; ἐὰν μ. if only, Arist.Pol. 1292a3; οὐσίαν.., οὐ χωριστὴν μ. only not separable, Id.Metaph. 1025b28.2 οὐ μόνον.., ἀλλὰ καὶ .. Ar. Eq. 1282, X.Cyr.1.6.17, etc.; οὐ μ., ἀλλὰ .. S.Ph. 555: μόνον is sts. omitted,μὴ τοὺς ἐγγύς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄπωθεν Th.4.92
, cf. E.Hipp. 359, Ph. 1480 (lyr.).3 μόνον οὐ all but, well nigh, Ar.V. 516, D.19.220, etc.; : in codd. freq. written μονονού, Plb.3.109.2, etc.;μονονουχί D.1.2
, Plb.3.102.4.III κατὰ μόνας alone, Th.1.32, 37, Is.7.38, Arist.Pol. 1281b34, etc.IV μόνῃ, = μόνον, Plu.2.583d codd. (Prob.from Μόν ϝος.) -
4 πολιτεύω
A- σω Th.1.19
, X.HG2.3.2:— to be a citizen or freeman, live in a free state, Th.2.46, 3.34,4.114, X.An.3.2.26;οἴκοι π. SIG306.21
(Tegea, iv B. C.);π. παρά τισι X.HG1.5.19
; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ, = μετοικῶν, Schwyzer 425.5 (Elis, iii/ii B.C.); κατὰ νόμους π., opp. monarchy, Plb.4.76.2: more freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr.2 have a certain form of government, administer the state,κατ' ὀλιγαρχίαν π. Th.1.19
, 3.62;π. ὥσπερ εἰώθεσαν Id.4.130
;κατὰ τὰ ἴδια κέρδη π. Id.2.65
;πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον κέρδος X.HG1.4.13
;ἐλευθέρως τὰ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν π. Th.2.37
:—[voice] Pass., of the state, to be governed,τὰς εὖ -ευομένας πόλεις Isoc.6.35
, cf. Pl.R. 427a, etc.;ἄνευ ὁμονοίας οὔτ' ἂν πόλις εὖ -ευθείη X. Mem.4.4.16
; τὰ πεπολιτευμένα αὐτοῖς the measures of their administration, D.1.28;τὰ κοινῇ πεπ. Id.18.8
, cf. Isoc.16.45, etc.b [voice] Pass., in Law, to be customary,τὸ μέχρι νῦν -ευόμενον Just.Nov.73.8.2
, cf. 52 Praef.; ἡ -ευομένη τῆς ἀρτάβης (sc. τιμή) customary price, PGiss. 105.7 (v A.D.).3 [voice] Pass., to be made a citizen,τοὺς ἐπὶ Τέλωνος πολιτευθέντας D.S.11.72
.B most freq. in [voice] Med., [tense] fut.πολιτεύσομαι Ar.Eq. 1365
, X.Ath. 3.9: [tense] aor.ἐπολιτευσάμην And.2.10
, D.18.207; also [voice] Pass.ἐπολιτεύθην Th.6.92
, Lys.26.5, ([etym.] ἐν-) Isoc.5.5, etc.: [tense] pf.πεπολίτευμαι Lys.25.10
, D.13.35, etc.:—like the [voice] Act., live as a free citizen, chiefly in Prose (once in E. (v. infr.), twice in Ar. (v. infr.));π. μεθ' ὑμῶν And.
l. c.;ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ X.Cyr.1.1.1
, etc.; ; opp. μετοικέω, Lys.12.20;ἐν εἰρήνῃ X.HG2.4.22
;ἀδίκως πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους π. Lys.14.42
;εἰ πένης.. λαὸς πολιτεύοιτο πλουσίων ἄτερ E.Fr.21
.II take part in the government, Critias 45 D., Th.2.15 (as v.l.), Nausiph.2, Hyp.Eux.27, D.18.18; meddle with politics, Pl.R. 561d; opp. ἰδιωτεύειν, Aeschin.1.195; hold public office, show public spirit, IG4.858 (Methana, cf. Glotta14.78), SIG850.14 (Epist. Antonini Pii), etc.2 c. acc., administer, govern, ;τὰ καθ' αὑτοὺς πολιτεύεσθαι D.10.74
;ἃ καὶ πεποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι Id.18.4
; οὐ τὰ βέλτιστα π. ib.207; π. πόλεμον ἐκ πολέμου make perpetual war the principle of government, Aeschin.2.177: abs., conduct the government, Ar.Eq. 1365;κατὰ συμμορίας D. 2.29
;διὰ τοὺς ἀδίκως -ομένους ἐν τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ δημοκρατία γίγνεται Lys.25.27
; ; οἱ πολιτευόμενοι the ministers, Id.3.30, 24.157.III have a certain form of government,τοὺς ἄριστα τῶν ἄλλων πολιτευομένους Isoc.3.24
;ἡμῶν ἐγγὺς π. Pl.R. 568b
; κατὰ τὰ πάτρια π. Decr. ap. And.1.83; οἱ τὴν ἄνισον πολιτείαν πολιτευόμενοι, i. e. those living in an oligarchy or a tyranny, Aeschin.1.5.IV serve as curialis, Mitteis Chr. 97i18 (iv A. D.), PLips. 62i2 (iv A. D.), POxy.2106.19 (iv A.D.), etc.V in Law, execute according to custom,διαθήκας Just.Nou.66.1
Intr.VI deal with, in private affairs,ἀλλήλοις PHib.1.63.11
(iii B. C.);πρὸς [τοὺς θεοὺς] ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως UPZ144.14
, cf. 110.78 (ii B.C.), LXX 2 Ma.11.25, Aristeas 31, Act.Ap.23.1;π. πᾶσαν πολιτείαν κατὰ τὸν ἰουδαϊσμόν BCH56.293
(Stobi, i/ii A. D.); behave, Ep.Phil.1.27.b metaph., arrange, bring about, συνοδίαν, γάμον, Charito 1.1, 2.2.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολιτεύω
-
5 συμφέρω
A : [tense] aor. 1 , [dialect] Ion.- ήνεικα Hdt.7.152
: [tense] aor. 2συνήνεγκον Th.2.51
: [tense] pf.συνενήνοχα D.18.198
.A [voice] Act.I bring together, gather, collect,τὰ κακὰ ἐς μέσον Hdt. 7.152
;τάλαντα ἐς τὠυτό Id.3.92
, cf. D.24.74; δαπάνην ς. Th.1.99; esp. of dead bodies, X.An.6.4.9, Lycurg.45 codd.2 bring together, contribute,βουλεύματα A.Pers. 528
; l.c.; πολλοὶπολλὰ συνενηνόχασι μέρη Arist.SE 183b33
:—[voice] Med., of a river,Φάσιδι σ. ῥόον A.R.4.134
.3 bring into conflict,πολεμίους θεούς A.Th. 510
; give battle,συνοίσομεν ὀξὺν Ἄρηα Tyrt.1.40
Diehl: v. infr. B.1.2.4 bear along with or together, ὁ ἵππος ὅπλον ς. X.Cyr.4.3.13; ἐγώ σοι ξυμφέρω (sc. τὴν παμπησίαν) Ar.Ec. 869; bring with,λύχνον.. παῖς μοι συμφέρει Epich.35.8
; of sufferings, labours, and the like , bear jointly, help to bear, ;σ. κακά E.HF 1366
;πένθος τινί Id.Alc. 370
;τὰς τούτων ἁμαρτίας Antipho
3 2.11: hence, suffer, bear with, indulge,ὀργὰς ξυνοίσω σοι A.Eu. 848
.II intr., confer a benefit, be useful or profitable, οὔ οἱ συνήνεικε τὸ ἔχθος did not do him any good, Hdt.9.37;τὸ καὶ συνήνεικε ποιησάσῃ Id.8.87
;καλῶς ἂν ἡμῖν ξυμφέροι ταῦτα A.Supp. 753
, cf. Ar. Ach. 252;τοῦτο σ. τῷ βίῳ Id.Pl.38
; ἅπαντ' ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον ξ. turn out for the best, Id.Ec. 475;σῖτον.. καὶ οἶνον.. καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο βρῶμα, οἷ' ἂν ἐς πολιορκίαν ξυμφέρῃ Th.4.26
;πάντα ὅσα ἂν οἴηται συνοίσειν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸν βίον X.Mem.2.2.5
;ὃ σ. πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1272a30
, etc.2 impers., it is of use, expedient, mostly c. inf., (lyr.), cf. S.El. 1440, Th.2.63, etc.; with Art. prefixed to inf., τὸ περιγενέσθαι.. ἀμφοτέροις ς. X. Mem.3.4.10; the inf. is freq. to be supplied, Th.1.123, X.Ath.3.11; also ; folld. by a clause,σ. τῷ κοινῷ, ἢν.. Id.Lg. 875a
, cf. PCair.Zen.21.41 (iii B.C.); σ. ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον, X.An.7.8.4, Decr. ap. And.1.77.3 part. συμφέρων, ουσα, ον, useful, expedient, fitting, S.OT 875 (lyr.), etc.; βίος.. ἐκεῖσε συμφέρων profitable even beyond the grave, Pl.Grg. 527b;ἔστιν ἡσυχία.. συμφέρουσα τῇ πόλει D.18.308
.b in neut. as Subst., συμφέρον, οντος, τό, use, profit, advantage, S.Ph. 926, Antipho 5.50, etc.;ἐς τὸ ξ. καθίστασθαί τι Th.4.60
; ἡδίω τοῦ συμφέροντος more pleasant than is good for one, X.Smp.4.39; περαιτέρω τοῦ ὑμετέρου ς. Aeschin.3.80;τὸ σ. τινός Pl.R. 338c
, 340c, al.; τὸ σ. τινί ib. 341d, 342b, D.18.139;πρὸς τὸ σ. αὑτῷ PCair.Zen.451.15
(iii B.C.): freq. also in pl., τὰ ς. S.Ph. 131, etc.; τὰ μικρὰ ς., opp. τὰ ὅλα, the petty interests, D.18.28;τὰ συμφέροντα ἀνθρώποις Pl.Lg. 875a
, cf. IG42(1).68.84 (Epid., iv B.C.); but also τὰ τῆς πατρίδος ς. Din.1.99, cf. Pl.Plt. 297a, D.18.120, etc.; also in [tense] aor. part.,τό τῳ ξυνενεγκόν Th.2.51
; συμφέρον ἐστί, = συμφέρει, Heraclit.8, Ar.Pl. 49, X.An.6.1.26, etc.; εἰ μὴ ξυμφέρον (sc. ἐστί) Th.3.44.III intr., also,1 work with, assist, ;πάντα συμφέρουσ' Ἰάσονι E.Med.13
; συμφέροντι (or Συμφέροντι as pr. n.)Ἡρακλεῖ IG22.2114
.2 agree with, ;εἴ τι ξυνοίσεις.. τοῖς θεσφάτοις Ar.Eq. 1233
;ἐὰν μὴ τῇ γυναικὶ συμφέρῃ Id.Lys. 166
; come to terms with, give way to,τοῖς κρείσσοσι S.El. 1465
; v. infr. B.11.3 fit, suit, ᾗ μήτε Χλαῖνα μήτε σισύρα συμφέρει (v. Χλαῖνα) Ar.Ra. 1459; [γυνὴ] σιμὴ ἄν σοι ἰσχυρῶς συμφέροι X.Cyr.8.4.21
.4 of events, happen, take place, turn out, c. acc. et inf., Hdt.1.73, 3.129, 6.23, 117, etc.; with ὥστε.., Id.1.74; τὰ ἄλλα.. αὐτῇ συνήνεικε ἐς εὐτυχίην γενόμενα turned out for her advantage, Id.8.88; v. infr. B.111.2.B [voice] Pass. συμφέρομαι: [tense] fut. συνοίσομαι: [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.ξυνηνέχθην Th. 7.44
, [dialect] Ion.συνηνείχθην Hdt.1.19
, 2.111, 3.10: [tense] pf. συνενήνεγμαι (Hes. Sc. 440), v. συνενείκομαι:— come together, opp. διαφέρεσθαι, Heraclit. 10, cf. Pl.Sph. 242e, etc.; meet, associate with, Theoc.Ep.8.2; of sexual intercourse, Luc.Herm.34, Tox.15.2 in hostile sense, meet in battle, engage,πτόλεμόνδε Il.8.400
;μάχῃ 11.736
; τινι with one, A. Th. 636: abs., Th.7.36; soσυνοισόμεθα πτολεμίζειν Hes.Sc. 358
; σ. κακῷ encounter it, Hdt.6.50.II agree with, οὐδαμοῖσι ἄλλοισι σ. ἀνθρώπων, in custom, Id.1.173, cf. 2.80, etc.; in statement, ib.44, al.;περί τινος Id.4.13
; opp. διαφέρεσθαι, Antipho 5.42; live on friendly terms with, τισι Hdt.4.114, Opp.H.5.34: abs., agree together, be of one mind, εἰ δὲ μὴ συμφεροίατο if they could not agree, Hdt.1.196; ; alsoξ. γνώμῃ ὥστε ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι τοῦ πολέμου Th.4.65
; καθ' αὑτοὺς ξ. settle their affairs by themselves, Id.6.13; concur,τῇδε γὰρ ξυνοίσομαι S.OC 641
; .2 to be in harmony with, εὖ τοῖς πράγμασι ς. Id.Cra. 419d; adapt oneself to,τοῖς παροῦσιν Plu.Tim.15
; σ. τὰ πολλὰ πολλοῖς correspond with, E.Heracl. 919(lyr.); Χαίτης πῶς συνοίσεται πλόκος; correspond, be like, Id.El. 527;συμφέρεται ὡυτὸς εἶναι Hdt.2.79
;ἔργῳ τοὔνομα συμφέρεται Call.Epigr.6.6
.III of events, happen, turn out, occur, come to pass,ἔμελλε τοιοῦτό σφι συνοίσεσθαι Hdt.8.86
;οὐδὲν γάρ σφι Χρηστὸν συνεφέρετο Id.4.157
; ;ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον τὸ πρᾶγμα.. συνοίσεται Ar.Nu. 594
;οὐδὲ πυθέσθαι ῥᾴδιον ἦν.., ὅτῳ τρόπῳ ἕκαστα ξυνηνέχθη Th.7.44
;ξ. θόρυβος Id.8.84
; , etc.2 impers., συμφέρεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον it happens, falls out for the better, Hdt.7.8.ά; ἄμεινον συνοίσεσθαι Id.4.15
; αὐτῷ συνεφέρετο παλιγκότ ως it turned out ill to him, ib. 156; so , cf. 6.86.ά, Th.1.23, al.;σ. οἱ τυφλὸν γενέσθαι Hdt.2.111
; v. supr. A. 111.4.IV literally, to be carried along with, ἀστράσι μήνη ς. Man.6.319; κύδεα.. ψυχαῖς οὐ μάλα ς. do not follow them (beyond the grave), AP4.4.4 (Agath.).V Gramm., to be constructed with, αἰτιατικῇ, etc., A.D.Synt.285.1, al.: also, agree in form with,σ. φωνῇ [τῇ] πρὸς τὰς δοτικάς Id.Adv.209.28
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμφέρω
-
6 ὁρμάω
A : [tense] aor.ὥρμησα Il.6.338
, Pl. Ion 534c; [dialect] Lacon. imper. ὅρμᾱον, i.e. ὅρμαὁν, = ὅρμησον, Ar.Lys. 1247: [tense] pf. :—[voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., Pi.N.1.5, A.Pr. 339, Hdt.1.17, etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.ὡρμᾶτο Il.3.142
: [tense] fut.ὁρμήσομαι Hdt.5.34
, X.Cyr.7.1.9,ὁρμηθήσομαι Gal.5.85
: [tense] aor.ὡρμησάμην Il.21.595
, v.l. in Hes.Sc. 127 ([etym.] ἐφ-), never in Prose, exc.ἐξ- X.HG6.5.20
codd.: more freq. in pass. formὡρμήθην Il.5.12
, al., Th.3.98, etc.: [tense] pf.ὥρμημαι S.El.70
, E. El. 340, Th.6.33, etc.: [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. ὁρμέαται and - έατο (with vv. ll. ὡρμ-) Hdt.5.121, 8.35 ; in Hom. codd. usu. have the augm., but Aristarch. read ὁρμήθησαν in Il.10.359: ([etym.] ὁρμή):A [voice] Act.,I causal, set in motion, urge on, cheer on,τινὰ εἰς πόλεμον Il.6.338
, Th.1.127 ;τινὰ ποτὶ κλέος Pi.O.10(11).21
;τὸ στράτευμα ὁ. ἐπὶ τὰς Ἀθήνας Hdt.8.106
, cf. S.Aj. 174 (lyr.), E.Or. 352 (anap.); , cf. Ion 534c ;[τὰ] ὁρμῶντα [σώματα] Hp.Epid.6.8.7
; (lyr.); ὁ. τινὰ ἐκ χερός tear from one's arms, Id.Hec. 143 (anap.):—[voice] Pass., ὁρμηθεὶς θεοῦ ἄρχετο inspired by the god he began, Od.8.499 ;πρὸς θεῶν ὡρμημένος S.El.70
;ὑπὸ ἔρωτος Pl.Smp. 181d
; ἵπποι.. ὁρμηθέντες ὑπὸ πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης urged on by.., Od.13.82.2 with a thing as the object, stir up,πόλεμον 18.376
: c. acc. et inf.,τὰς διόδους τῶν πτερῶν.. ὥρμησε πτεροφυεῖν Pl.Phdr. 255d
:—[voice] Pass., was sped,S.
El. 196 (lyr.).II more freq. intr., start,1 c. inf., ἴρηξ ὃς ὁρμήσῃ διώκειν ὄρνεον ἄλλο starts in chase of.., Il.13.64; ὁσσάκι δ' ὁρμήσειε πυλάων.. ἀντίον ἀΐξασθαι whenever he started to rush for the gates, 22.194 ;ὁσσάκι δ' ὁρμήσειε.. στῆναι ἐναντίβιον 21.265
; ἐξελαύνειν ὁρμῆσαι τὸν στρατόν began to lead out.., Hdt.1.76, cf.7.150 ; eager to..,S.
Ant. 133 (lyr.); .2 c. gen., rush headlong at one,Τρώων Il.4.335
: more freq. with Preps.,ὁ. ἐπί τινα Hes.Sc. 403
, Hdt. 1.1, etc.;πύργωμα Καδμείων ἔπι E.Supp. 1220
;εἴς τινας X.Cyr.7.1.17
;καθ' αὑτούς Id.An.5.7.25
; also ὁ. ἐς μάχην hasten to battle, A.Pers. 394 ; (lyr.) ;εἰς τὸ διώκειν X.An.1.8.25
;ἐπὶ ἁρπαγάς Pl.R. 391d
;ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους Th.7.34
; ὥρμασε ([dialect] Dor.) (Chersonesus, ii B. C.): without any sense of hostility, rush, (lyr.);ἐς πατρὸς δόμους Id.Med. 1178
; set out,ἀπὸ [τῆς Οἰνόης] Th.2.19
;ἐς φυγήν Hdt.7.179
, etc.;εἰς τὸ ἐπ' ἐκεῖνα τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd. 112b
;ἐπ' ἄλλον λόγον Antipho 3.4.5
;ἐπὶ τὸ σκοπεῖν X.Mem.3.7.9
; ἐπὶ τραγῳδίαν ὥρμηκε has turned to tragedy, Alex.135.14 ; δηλώσεις.. τὴν φύσιν ἐπὶ τί μάλισθ' ὥρμηκε, i. e. what your natural bent is, ib.8 ;φυσικῶς ἐπὶ τὴν ὀργὴν ὁρμᾶν Phld.Ir.93
W.;πρὸς τὰς πράξεις Id.Mus.p.71
K.;ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίαν Id.Acad.Ind.p.64
M. ;πρὸς τὰς ὀχείας Arist.HA 546a15
: c. acc. cogn.,ὁδόν X.An.3.1.8
;στρατείαν Id.Cyr.8.6.20
.3 abs., start, begin,ὥσπερ ὡρμήσαμεν, ἴωμεν Pl.Prt. 314b
, cf. R. 425c; αἱ μάλιστα ὁρμήσασαι [νῆες] the ships that were hottest in pursuit, Th.8.34.B [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., like the intr. [voice] Act., A. II:1 c. inf., μὴ φεύγειν ὁρμήσωνται that they put not themselves in motion, set not themselves to flee, Il.8.511 ; soδιώκειν ὁρμήθησαν 10.359
, cf. Od.4.282 ; ὡρμήθη κόρυθα κρατὸς ἀφαρπάξαι he rushed to snatch.., Il.13.188, cf. 182 ; ἦτορ ὡρμᾶτο πτολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι was eager to.., 21.572 ; μᾶλλον ὅρμητο στρατεύεσθαι was eager to march, Hdt.7.1, cf. 19, al., Th.3.45 ; ὅδε ὁ λόγος ὅρμηται λέγεσθαι this account has begun to be given, Hdt.4.16, cf. 6.86.δ' ( λέγεσθαι is restored for λέγεται in 3.56); but λόγον, τὸν ὅρμητο λέγειν which he purposed to make, Id.5.50.2 the object for or after which one goes is sts. in gen., Il.14.488, 21.595 : a case with a Prep.,ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
;ἐπί τινα S.Aj.47
, etc.;εἴς τινα X.Cyr.7.1.9
; μετά τινα after one, Il.17.605 ; soὁ. ἐπὶ τὸ ἱρόν Hdt.8.35
;ἐς πύλας A.Th.31
;πρὸς δόμους E.Hipp. 1152
;ἐπ' ἀλήθειαν Pl.Sph. 228c
;ἐς φυγήν Th.4.14
;πρὸς τίσιν S.OC 1328
;πρὸς τὸ κρατεῖν Pl.R. 581a
;[ἡ ποίησις] πρὸς ἡδονὴν ὥρμηται Id.Grg. 502c
; οἱ περὶ λόγον ἢ παιδείαν ὁρμώμενοι persons keen about.., Vett.Val.199.5 : rarely c. acc. loci,νερτέρας πλάκας S.OC 1576
(lyr.).b the starting-point is expressed byἐκ, ὡρμᾶτ' ἐκ θαλάμοιο Il.3.142
, cf. 9.178, etc. ; or ἀπό, S.Tr. 156, Pl. Phd. 101d, etc.;ἀπὸ φιλοσοφίας Phld.Rh.1.357
S.; or by a form in-θεν, σέθεν.. ὕμνος ὁρμᾶται θέμεν αἶνον Pi.N.1.5
: in historical Prose, ὁρμᾶσθαι ἐκ.. start from, begin from, esp. of the place where one carries on any regular operations, ἐνθεῦτεν ὁρμώμενοι living there and going out from thence to do their daily work, Hdt.1.17 ; of fishers,ἐκ πλοίων ὁρμώμενοι Id.3.98
; of a general, making that place his head-quarters or base of operations, Id.8.133, cf. 5.125, al., Th.1.64, 2.69, al.; ἀπ' ἐλασσόνων ὁρμώμενος setting out, beginning with smaller means, ib.65, cf. 1.144 ; of rivers,ἐκ τῆς Ἴδης ὁ.
rising..,Pl.
Lg. 682b.3 abs., rush, dart, attack, Il.5.12, Od.12.126, al., S.OC 1068 (lyr.); also with ἔγχεϊ, ξιφέεσσι, etc., added, Il. 5.855, 17.530, 13.496, al.b generally, hasten, be eager, , cf. 395 ;ἀλλ' ἥδε.. ὁρμᾶται
comes forth,Id.
Pers. 151 (anap.);τὸ φέγγος ὁρμάσθω πυρός Id.Eu. 1029
; ὕβρις ἀτάρβητα ὁρμᾶται insolence goes fearless forth, S.Aj. 197 (lyr.). -
7 ἑαυτοῦ
ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, pl. ἑαυτῶν, reflexive pron. (Hom.+; JosAs 7:6 [oft. cod. A; 3:2 αὐτοῦ]). Editors variously replace contract forms αὑτοῦ and αὑτῶν of later mss. w. uncontracted forms or w. αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν; cp., e.g., the texts of Mk 9:16; Lk 23:12; J 2:24; 20:10; Ac 14:17; Ro 1:24; Eph 2:15; Hb 5:3; 1J 5:10; Rv 8:6; 18:7 in GNT1–3 w. GNT4; s. also Merk’s treatment of these same pass. Cp. the ms. evidence for Phil 3:21 in GNT1–3 w. its absence in GNT4. (W-S. §223 16; B-D-F §64, 1; Mayser 305; I2/2, 65; Rob. 226; Mlt-Turner 190; M-M. s.v. αὑτοῦ; RBorger, TRu 52, ’88, 17–19).① indicator of identity w. the pers. speaking or acting, selfⓐ of the third pers. sing. and pl. ταπεινοῦν ἑαυτόν humble oneself Mt 18:4; 23:12. Opp. ὑψοῦν ἑ. exalt oneself 23:12; δοξάζειν ἑ. glorify oneself Rv 18:7 v.l. ἀπαρνεῖσθαι ἑ. deny oneself 16:24; Mk 8:34 (Mel, P. 26, 181). ἀμάρτυρον ἑ. ἀφεῖναι leave oneself without witness Ac 14:17 v.l.; ἑτοιμάζειν ἑ. prepare oneself Rv 8:6 v.l. εὐνουχίζειν ἑ. make a eunuch of oneself Mt 19:12; σῴζειν ἑ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 137) 27:42; κατακόπτειν ἑ. beat oneself Mk 5:5; πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν τινι J 2:24 v.l. et al.; ἀγοράζειν τι ἑαυτῷ buy someth. for oneself Mt 14:15; Mk 6:36; θησαυρίζων ἑαυτῷ lay up assets for oneself Lk 12:21. ὑποτάσσειν ἑ. Phil 3:21 v.l. W. the middle (cp. X., Mem. 1, 6, 13 ποιεῖσθαι ἑαυτῷ φίλον; Sir 37:8): διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς they divided among them J 19:24 (Ps 21:19).—The simple dat. may also be used to emphasize the subject as agent (Hdt. 1, 32; Strabo 2, 1, 35; POxy 2351, 49; Ps 26:12; SSol 1:8) βαστάζων ἑαυτῷ τὸν σταυρόν bearing the cross without help J 19:17; ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται they themselves will be responsible for the judgment they are to receive Ro 13:2; οὐκ ἐπαινοῦμεν τοὺς προσιόντας ἑαυτοῖς we do not commend those who take the initiative in advancing themselves MPol 4; cp. στρῶσον σεαυτῷ make your own bed Ac 9:34.—Rydbeck 51–61.—Used esp. w. prep.α. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (ἀπό 5eα; TestAbr A 19 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8 ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἑλόμενος τὸ ἀγαθόν; Tat. 17, 4 ἐχθρὸν ἀμυνεῖται): ποιεῖν τι do someth. of one’s own accord J 5:19. λαλεῖν speak on one’s own authority (Diod S 12, 66, 2 ἐκήρυξέ τις ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; i.e. without orders from a higher authority) 7:18; 16:13; λέγειν 11:51; 18:34 v.l. (M. Ant. 11, 19 τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ μέλλεις λέγειν). καρπὸν φέρειν bear fruit by itself 15:4. ἱκανὸν εἶναι be competent by oneself 2 Cor 3:5 (ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν interchanging w. ἐξ ἑαυτῶν; s. also 1aδ). γινώσκειν know by oneself Lk 21:30. κρίνειν judge for oneself 12:57 (ἐξετάζειν Ath. 18, 1).β. διʼ ἑαυτοῦ (POxy 273, 21; PTebt 72, 197; TestJob 16:4): κοινὸς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ unclean in itself Ro 14:14 (EpJer 26; Just., A I, 54, 8; A II, 10, 8; D. 56, 1).γ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ to or in oneself, εὐπαρεπέστατον ἦν ἐν αὑτῷ τὸ ὄρος Hs 9, 1, 10. J 13:32 v.l.; Ro 1:24 v.l.; Eph 2:15 v.l. Otherw. mostly w. verbs of speaking, in contrast to audible utterance; s. διαλογίζομαι 1, εἶπον 6, λέγω 1bζ; otherw. ἔχειν τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ have someth. in oneself (cp. Jdth 10:19; Jos., Ant. 8, 171; Just., D. 8, 2; Ath. 10, 2) J 5:26, 42; 6:53; 17:13; 2 Cor 1:9. Gener., of what takes place in the inner consciousness διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17. Esp. γίνεσθαι ἐν ἑαυτῷ come to one’s senses 12:11 (X., An. 1, 5, 17 ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11 ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος). Also:δ. ἐξ ἑαυτῶν (Soph., El. 343 ἐκ σαυτῆς; Theophr. Fgm. 96 [in Ps.-Demetr. 222] ἐξ αὑτοῦ) of (our) own strength 2 Cor 3:5.ε. εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἔρχεσθαι come to one’s senses Lk 15:17 (Diod S 13, 95, 2; Epict. 3, 1, 15; GrBar 17:3).ζ. καθʼ ἑαυτόν by oneself (X., Mem. 3, 5, 4; Plut., Anton. 940 [54, 1 and 2]; 2 Macc 13:13; Just., D. 4, 5; 74:2; Ath. 15, 2 al.) μένειν live by oneself (in a private house) Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρά ἐστιν καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith (when it remains) by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Diog. L. 1, 64 from a letter of Solon: religion and lawgivers can do nothing καθʼ ἑαυτά=if they are dependent on themselves alone).—βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθʼ ἑαυτῆς a kingdom that is divided against itself Mt 12:25.—μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ, μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν with oneself, themselves (cp. 1 Km 9:3; 24:3 ἔλαβεν μεθʼ ἑ.) Mt 12:45; 25:3.η. παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέναι τι put someth. aside 1 Cor 16:2 (X., Mem. 3, 13, 3; cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 68 οἴκαδε παρʼ αὑτῷ; Tat. 7, 2 λόγου δύναμις ἔχουσα παρʼ ἑαυτῇ τὸ προγνωστικόν ‘has in itself’).θ. περὶ ἑ. προσφέρειν make offering for himself Hb 5:3. τὰ περι ἑαυτοῦ the passages about himself Lk 24:27.ι. πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσεύχεσθαι pray to oneself (=in silence) 18:11 (cp. Aristaen., Ep. 1, 6; 2 Macc 11:13; Jos., Ant. 11, 210; Vi. Aesopi G 9 P. πρὸς ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν; 38; Just., D. 62, 2 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν ὁ θεός … πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγομεν). ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτόν, θαυμάζων τὸ γέγονος (Peter) went home, (all the while) marveling at what had taken place Lk 24:12 (FNeirynck, ETL 54, ’78, 104–18). ἀπέρχεσθαι πρὸς ἑαυτούς go home J 20:10 v.l. (for αὐτούς, cp. Polyb. 5, 93, 1; Num 24:25; Jos., Ant. 8, 124; s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 102f). Lk 23:12 v.l.ⓑ for the first and second pers. pl. (gener. H. Gk.; s. FKälker, Quaest. de elocut. Polyb. 1880, 277; Mlt. 87; B-D-F §64, 1; Mayser 303, w. further lit. in note 3; Rob. 689f) ἑαυτούς = ἡμᾶς αὐτούς (Themistocl., Ep. 15; Jos., Bell. 5, 536; Just., A I, 53, 3; D. 32, 5; 34, 1 al.; Tat. 30, 1; Ath. 12, 1) 1 Cor 11:31. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς = ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 8:23; 2 Cor 1:9; =ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 11:25 v.l. (En 6:2 ἐκλεξώμεθα ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας). διʼ ἑαυτῶν = διʼ ἡμῶν αὐ. 1 Cl 32:4; παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς = παρʼ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 11:25 (cp. Just., D. 141, 1 and Tat. 11:2 διʼ ἑαυτούς). ἑαυτοῖς = ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς (cp. En 15:3; TestJob 45:3; TestDan 6:1; Jos., Ant. 4, 190; 8, 277) Mt 23:31; Ro 11:25 v.l.; 1 Cl 47:7.—This replacement of the first and second pers. by the third is very much less common in the sg. (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 2, 143c; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 6 σὺ … αὑτόν; Aelian, VH 1, 21; Galen, Protr. 10 p. 30, 10 John; Syntipas p. 115, 10 μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ=with me; TestJob 2:3 διελογιζόμην ἐν ἑαυτῷ; GrBar 17:3 εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθὼν δόξαν ἔφερον τῷ θεῷ. Transjordanian ins: NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I/1 ’36, p. 3, 1; other exx. in Mlt. 87, n. 2; Mayser 304; Hauser 100), and can hardly be established w. certainty for the NT gener.: s. J 18:34 v.l.; Ro 13:9 v.l.; cp. ISm 4:2 (v.l. ἐμαυτόν); Hv 4, 1, 5 Joly (ἐμαυτῷ B.); Hs 2:1.② marker of reciprocal relationship, for the reciprocal pron. ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλήλους (also in earlier auth., Kühner-G. I 573; pap in Mayser 304; LXX; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἔδονται τὰ(ς) σάρκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ αἱμα αὐτῶν πίονται; Tat. 3, 3.—W-S. §22, 13; B-D-F §287; Rob. 690) each other, one another συζητεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτούς Mk 9:16 v.l. (s. VTaylor, Comm. ad. loc.; ASyn. app., w. correction of Tdf. app.); λέγοντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς as they said to each other Mk 10:26; cp. J 12:19 (πρὸς ἑ. as Antig. Car. 39 μάχεσθαι πρὸς αὑτούς; Lucian, Philops. 29, Ver. Hist. 1, 35; Tat. 26, 3 πολεμοῦντες … ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλήλους καθαιρεεῖτε). χαρίζεσθαι ἑαυτοῖς forgive one another Eph 4:32; Col 3:13. νουθετεῖν ἑαυτούς admonish one another vs. 16. εἰρηνεύειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς live in peace w. one another 1 Th 5:13; τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην 1 Pt 4:9.③ marker of possession by the pers. spoken of or acting, in place of the possessive pron. his, her (Mayser 304f; Mlt. 87f) Mt 8:22; 21:8; 25:1; Lk 2:39; 9:60; 11:21; 12:36 al. ESchwartz, Index lectionum 1905, 8f; DTabachovitz, Eranos 93, ’55, 76ff; ADihle, Noch einmal ἑαυτῷ: Glotta 39, ’60, 83–92; s. Rydbeck (1a beg.).—DELG. M-M. -
8 κατά
κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).A. w. the gen.ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.ⓑ in a hostile sense, againstα. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according toⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in generalβ. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions asⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW. -
9 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
10 προΐημι
Aπροΐει Il.2.752
; [ per.] 3sg. subj. προϊῇ (v.l. 3 opt. προΐοι) h.Ven. 152: [tense] impf. προΐειν, εις, ει, Il.1.326, 336, Od.9.88, 10.100, etc.: [tense] fut. προήσω: [tense] aor. 1 προῆκα, [dialect] Ep. προέηκα, both in Hom.: [tense] aor. 2 ind. [ per.] 3pl.πρόεσαν Od.8.399
; opt.προεῖεν X.An. 7.2.15
codd.; imper.πρόες Il.16.241
(on the accent, v. Hdn.Gr.2.931), [ per.] 3sg.προέτω 11.796
; inf. προέμεν for προεῖναι, Od.10.155:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1προηκάμην D.19.78
,84, 32.15, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 opt. πρόοιντο orπροοῖντο Th.1.120
, D.18.254, cf. X.An.1.9.10:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. προεῖμαι, [tense] plpf. προεῖτο, D. (v. infr. 11.1). [On the quantity, v. ἵημι.]:—send forth, send forward, Il.1.195 (tm.), 326, 336, etc.; esp. send troops forward, X. Cyr. 7.1.22,27 : also, send a thing or person to another,ἀγγελίας Od.2.92
;ἐπ' Αἴαντα.. κήρυκα Il.12.342
;τῷ κῦδος ἅμα πρόες 16.241
: in Hom. freq. with inf. added to define the action,Ταλθύβιον προΐει.. ἰέναι Il.3.118
;αἰετὼ.. προέηκε πέτεσθαι Od.2.147
; [οὖρον] προέηκεν ἀῆναι 3.183
; π. τινὰ διδασκέμεναι, μυθήσασθαι, πυθέσθαι, Il.9.442, 11.201, 649;ἑτάρους π. πεύθεσθαι Od.9.88
; so βασιλευέμεν τοι προήσειν will allow thee to.., Pi.P.4.166.2 dismiss, let go, τινα Il.4.398; τήνδε θεῷ πρόες let her go to the god, i.e. in reverence to him, 1.127.3 let loose, let fall, esp. thoughtlessly, ἔπος προέηκε let drop a word, Od.14.466;φήμην 20.105
; πηδάλιον ἐκ χειρῶν προέηκε he let the helm slip from his hands, 5.316: with inf., πόδα προέηκε φέρεσθαι let slip his foot so that it fell, 19.468.4 with direct purpose, cast, of a fisherman,ἐς πόντον π. βοὸς κέρας 12.253
.5 of missiles, discharge, shoot, ἔγχος, βέλος, ὀϊστόν, etc., Il.5.15, 280, 11.270, 13.662, etc.; ἀκόντια π. ἐπὶ τὸν νεβρόν f.l. in X.Cyn.9.6 of a river, ἐς Πηνειὸν προΐει ὕδωρ it pours its water into the Peneius, Il.2.752, cf. Hes.Fr.37, E.Hipp. 124 (lyr.).II give up, deliver, betray one to his enemy, Hdt.1.159, 3.137; χρήματα μέν σφι π. offering to give them.., Id.1.24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1214;τὰς ναῦς π. τινί Th.8.32
: with an inf. added,γυναῖκα.. π. ἀπάγεσθαι Hdt.2.115
:—[voice] Pass., to be given or thrown away,εἰ ταῦτα προεῖτ' ἀκονιτεί D.18.200
;καιροὶ προεῖνται Id.19.8
, cf. 25.10.2 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτίκα ἡδὺ π. αὑτούς devote themselves to.., X.Cyr.7.5.76.B in Prose mostly in [voice] Med. (not found in Hom.), send forward from oneself, drive forward,τὸν λαγὼ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς X.Cyn.6.10
(s. v.l.): c. inf., τοὺς ἐρῶντας ἵμερος δρᾶν προΐεται forces them on to do, S.Fr.149.9 codd. Stob.2 of sounds, utter,τὴν φωνήν Aeschin.2.23
, etc.;λόγον Ti.Locr.100c
;ῥῆμα D.19.118
; π. πᾶσαν φωνήν use all sorts of entreaties, Plb.3.84.10, etc.;π. τῶν ἀπορρήτων οὐδὲν οὐδενί Id.3.20.3
, etc.3 emit, π. γονήν, σπέρμα, κόπρον, βλαστούς, etc.,Arist.GA 719b3, 721a30, HA 554b1, Thphr. CP1.12.9, etc.;κλημάτια.. προϊέμενα ῥίζας Dsc.4.29
.II give up, let go, προέμενον αὐτῇ (sc. τὴν χεῖρα) Hdt. 2.121.έ; give up to the enemy,Κέρκυραν τοῖς Κορινθίοις Th.1.44
, cf. D.18.72, 21.213; abandon, Id.19.152; π. σφᾶς αὐτούς gave themselves up as lost, Th.2.51;αὑτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις X.An.5.8.14
;σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ ὅπλα Polyaen.4.3.4
;τὸν βίον Plu.Ant.53
: abs., give up hope, Jul.Or.8.250a.2 desert, abandon,εἰ τὰ κάτω προοῖντο Th.1.120
, cf. 6.78, X.An.1.9.10, etc.; οὐδαμῇ προΐενθ' αὑτούς did not lose themselves (i.e. take bribes), D.19.139;τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1307b4
.3 give away, give freely,ἔρανον τῇ πόλει Th. 2.43
;τὰ ἑαυτῶν D.34.52
;ὑμῖν οὐδὲν προεῖνται τῶν σφετέρων Lys. 21.12
;ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων D.18.114
; εὐεργεσίαν ἄνευ μισθοῦ without a stipulated fee, leaving it to one's honour, Pl.Grg. 520c, cf. Phdr. 231c, X.An.7.7.47; give up without payment received,τὴν ἀλλαγήν Pl.Lg. 849e
.c pay, in kind or in money, PHib.1.76.2 (iii B.C.), UPZ23.18 and 26, 26.12 (ii B.C.), PAmh.61.11 (ii B.C.), SIG694.60 (Elaea, ii B.C.).5 throw away,τὰ ἴδια X.Cyn.12.11
codd.; π. τὸν καιρόν, τὸ παρόν, Lycurg.126, D.1.9; καθ' ἕκαστον ἀεί τι τῶν πραγμάτων ib.14;πολλὰ τῶν κοινῶν Id.18.134
;εἰ οὗτοι χρήματα.. μὴ προοῖντ' ἄν, πῶς ὑμῖν. καλὸν τὸν ὅρκον προέσθαι; Id.21.212
;μηδενὸς κέρδους τὰ κοινὰ δίκαια π. Id.6.10
; τὰ πατρῷα, τὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἰσχυρά, Aeschin.3.173, 234; πόλεων.. ὧν ἦμέν ποτε κύριοι.. προϊεμένους (gen. by attraction of the relat. ὧν) D.2.2;τὴν ψυχὴν π. Porph.Abst. 2.13
: abs., throw away one's advantage, Arist.Rh. 1398a2, cf.EN 1114a17 (less freq. neglect a disadvantage,π. κακόν τι Lib.Or.21.27
); to be lavish, Arist. Rh. 1366b7.6 with part., inf., or Adj., ἡμᾶς προέσθαι ἀδικουμένους suffer us to be wronged, Th.2.73, cf. Plb.30.7.4;προέμενοι ἀπολέσθαι αὐτούς X.HG2.3.35
;π. τισὶν ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι D.16.3
, cf. Lys.13.23, etc.;π. τὰ ἴδια ἀνομοθέτητα Pl.Lg. 780a
; also τοὺς Ἕλληναςεἰς ὅουλείαν π. D.10.25
, cf. 5.15.7 suffer to escape,ἐκ τοιούτων τοὺς ὑπεναντίους Plb.3.94.8
;τινὰ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Id.4.4.3
; let pass,διὰ κενῆς τὸν χρόνον Id.3.70.10
; let slip, utter, μαλθακοὺς λόγους φρενός dub. in E.Med. 1052.8 rarely in good sense, confide, entrust to one, X. Cyr. 5.2.9;τὰ τέκνα τισὶν εἰς ὁμηρίαν Plb.28.4.7
: abs., X.An.7.3.31.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προΐημι
-
11 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
12 ἑαυτοῦ
ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ῷ, ἑαυτόν, ήν, ό, pl. ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτούς άς, ά: [dialect] Ion. [full] ἑωυτοῦ SIG57.44 (Milet., v B. C.), etc.; alsoAωὑτῆς Herod. 6.84
,ωὑτέου Aret.SA1.7
([dialect] Ion. ἑωυ- by contraction of ἕο αὐ-, from which also [dialect] Att. ἑᾱυ-, freq. written ἑατοῦ in Pap. and Inscrr., as SIG 774.2 (Delph., i B.C.): [dialect] Att. [var] contr. [full] αὑτοῦ, etc., which is the usual form in Trag., though ἑαυτοῦ, etc., are used (though rarely) when the metre requires, A.Pr. 188 (anap.), al.; in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. αὑτοῦ prevails after B.C. 300; Cret. [full] ϝιαυτοῦ Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn p.34; [dialect] Dor. [full] αὐταυτοῦ, [full] αὐσαυτοῦ (q. v.); Thess. [full] εὑτοῦ (dat.), IG9(2).517.16: gen.pl. [full] ηὑτῶν Schwyzer 251 A 44 ([place name] Cos):—reflex. Pron. of [ per.] 3rd pers., of himself, herself, itself, etc.; first in Alc.78, Hdt., and [dialect] Att. (Hom. has ἕο αὐτοῦ, οἷ αὐτῷ, ἑ αὐτόν): αὐτὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτό (v.l. - τοῦ ) itself by itself, absolutely, Pl.Tht. 152b; αὐτὸ ἐφ' αὑτοῦ ib. 160b;ὅταν τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος σπεύδῃ Th.1.141
;αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 157a
; αὐτὰ πρὸς αὑτά ib. 154e; ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῦ, of themselves, himself, Th. 5.60, X.Mem.2.10.3; ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ, v. ἐπί; ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ γ., v. ἐν, ἐντός; παρ' ἑαυτῷ at his own house, ib.3.13.3, etc.: esp. with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup., ἐγένοντο ἀμείνονες αὐτοὶ ἑωυτῶν they surpassed themselves, Hdt.8.86; πλουσιώτεροι ἑαυτῶν continually richer, Th.1.8;θαρραλεώτεροι αὐτοὶ ἑαυτῶν Pl.Prt. 350a
, cf. d; τῇ αὐτὸ ἑωυτοῦ ἐστι μακρότατον at its very greatest length, Hdt.2.8, cf. 149, 4.85, 198.II in [dialect] Att., Trag., and later, αὑτοῦ, etc., is used for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers., as forἐμαυτοῦ, αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ τἄρα μηχανορραφῶ A.Ch. 221
, cf. S.OT 138, etc.; forσεαυτοῦ, μόρον τὸν αὑτῆς οἶσθα A.Ag. 1297
, cf. 1141, Pl.Phd. 101c (v.l.), Ph.Bel.59.16, etc.: so in pl., τὰ αὑτῶν ( = ἡμῶν αὐτῶν)ἐκποριζώμεθα Th.1.82
;δώσομεν ἑαυτούς Epicur.Sent.Vat.47
; ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς by ourselves, LXX 1 Ki.14.9, cf. PPar.47.26 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Cor.7.1, etc.; ἑαυτῶν, = ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, PPar. 63.128 (ii B. C.).III pl., ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, etc., is sts. used for ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, one another,διάφοροι ἑωυτοῖσι Hdt.3.49
;παρακελευόμενοι ἐν ἑαυτοῖς Th.4.25
, etc.; καθ' αὑτοῖν one against the other, S. Ant. 144 (anap.);πρὸς αὑτούς D.18.19
;περιιόντες αὑτῶν πυνθάνονται Id.4.10
, cf. Pl.Ly. 215b. -
13 ὅσος
ὅσος, η, ον (Hom.+) correlative w. πόσος, τοσοῦτος (Jos., Ant. 1, 318)① pert. to an extent of space or time that is of the same extent as another extent of the same order, as great, as far, as longⓐ of space τὸ μῆκος αὐτῆς (τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν), ὅσον τὸ πλάτος its length is as great as its breadth Rv 21:16.—ὅσον ὅσον a short distance (for ὅσον doubled s. Aristoph., Vesp. 213; Leonidas: Anth. Pal. 7, 472, 3; Hesych. 1421) Lk 5:3 D.ⓑ of time ἐφʼ ὅς. χρόνον as long as (UPZ 160, 12 [119 B.C.]) Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον (X., Cyr. 5, 5, 8; Polyaenus 4, 7, 10; UPZ 162 I, 23 [117 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 359) Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13. ὅς. χρόνον (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 25; Josh 4:14) Mk 2:19. ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον (B-D-F §304; Rob. 733; JWackernagel, Glotta 4, 1913, 244f; OLagercrantz, Eranos 18, 1918, 53ff) in a very little while Hb 10:37; 1 Cl 50:4 (both after Is 26:20).—ἐν ὅσῳ (Aristoph., Pax 943; Thu. 8, 87, 4) while Dg 8:10.② pert. to a comparative quantity or number of objects or events; how much (many), as much (many) as (Aelian, VH 1, 4) ὅσον ἤθελον as much as they wanted J 6:11 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 11 §173 ὅσον ἐβούλετο; Just., A I, 45, 1 ὅσα βούλει ἐξέταζε).—W. πάντες (ἅπαντες) all who (Jos., Ant. 18, 370; Just., D. 11, 2) ἅπαντες ὅσοι all who Lk 4:40; J 10:8; Ac 3:24; 5:36f. πάντα ὅσα everything that (Job 1:12; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Op. M. 40; Jos., Ant. 10, 35) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 28:20; Mk 6:30a; 11:24; 12:44; Lk 18:12, 22.—Even without πάντες/πάντα, ὅσοι/ὅσα has the mng. all that (Polyaenus 17, 15, 2; Jos., Ant. 12, 399; Just., D. 26, 1; 87, 4) οἱ πιστοὶ ὅσοι συνῆλθαν τῷ Πέτρῳ all the believers who came with Peter Ac 10:45. ἱμάτια ὅσα all the garments that 9:39. ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησεν all the harm that he has done vs. 13. ὅσα εἶδες παράδοξα GJs 20:4. ὅσοι …, αὐτοῖς all who …, to them J 1:12. ὅσοι …, ἐπʼ αὐτούς Gal 6:16. ὅσοι …, οὗτοι all who …, (these) (Herm. Wr. 4, 4) Ro 8:14; Gal 6:12. ὅσα …, ταῦτα Phil 4:8 (for ὅσα repeated six times cp. Liban., Or. 20 p. 443, 1, where ὅσοι is repeated three times. Also Appian, Liby. 117 §554 ὅσα περιττὰ καὶ μάταια καὶ τρυφερὰ ἦν). W. οὗτοι preceding Hb 2:15.—Abs. ὅσοι (cp. Pla., Rep. 3, 415a) all those who Mt 14:36; Mk 3:10; Ac 4:6, 34; 13:48; Ro 2:12ab; 6:3 al. ὅσα everything that, whatever Mt 17:12; Mk 3:8; 5:19f; 9:13; 10:21; Lk 4:23; 8:39ab; Ac 14:27; 2 Ti 1:18 al. W. ἄν (ἐάν) making the expr. more general all those who, whoever, lit. as many as ever (pap, LXX) ὅσοι w. ind. foll. Mk 6:56; w. subjunctive foll. Mt 22:9; Lk 9:5; Ac 2:39. ὅσα ἐάν (PGM 12, 71 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλω; Mel., P. 35, 237 πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν γίνεται) Mt 18:18ab, or ἄν J 11:22. Likew. πάντα ὅσα ἐάν (or ἄν) w. subj. foll. Mt 7:12; 21:22; 23:3 (s. on this HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 171–79); Ac 3:22.③ pert. to degree of correlative extent: ὅσον …, μᾶλλον περισσότερον as much as …, so much the more Mk 7:36; cp. Hs 9, 1, 8. ὅσον …, πλειόνως the more …, the more IEph 6:1. πλείονος …, καθʼ ὅσον πλείονα as much more … as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κατὰ τοσοῦτο to the degree that …, to the same degree 7:20, 22. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως just as …, so 9:27f. τοσούτῳ …, ὅσῳ (by) as much …, as 1:4. τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ all the more, as 10:25 (s. τοσοῦτος 5). τοσοῦτόν με ὠφελεῖν …, ὅσον Papias (2:4). Without τοσούτῳ to the degree that (Polyb. 4, 42, 5; Plut., Alex. M. 5, 5) Hb 8:6. ὅσα … τοσοῦτον to the degree that … to the same degree Rv 18:7. ὅσον as far as 19:8; D 12:2. On ἐφʼ ὅσον s. ἐπί 13 and 18cβ.—DELG. M-M. -
14 συμβαίνω
A- βήσομαι Hdt.2.3
, etc.: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα, [ per.] 3pl. , [dialect] Ion. inf.- βεβάναι Hdt.3.146
: [tense] pf. inf. [voice] Pass.- βεβάσθαι Th. 8.98
: [tense] aor. 2 συνέβην (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1 subj. [voice] Pass.ξυμβᾰθῇ Id.4.30
:— stand with the feet together, Hp.Off.3;διαβαίνοντες μᾶλλον ἢ συμβεβηκότες X.Eq.1.14
;συμβεβηκὼς τὼ πόδε Poll.3.91
; συμβᾶσα τὼ πόδε, opp. περιβάδην, Ach.Tat.1.1; Παλλάδιον τοῖς ποσὶ συμβεβηκός a statue with closed feet, as in early Greek art, Apollod.3.12.3.2 σ. κακοῖς to be joined to them, i.e. increase them, E.Hel.37.3 meet,σὺν δ' ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι Emp.21.8
;τὸν συμβαίνοντά σοι Eup.136
(dub.);σ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς X.HG1.2.17
; ξυμβέβηκε δ' οὐδαμοῦ has never come in my way, has had naught to do with me, E.Hel. 1007.II most freq. metaph., come to an agreement, come to terms, E.Ph.71, etc.; ἐπ' ἐλάττονι ς. agree on (i.e. to accept) less, POxy. 237 viii 11 (ii A.D.): c. dat., Th.3.52, 4.128, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλους ib.61, etc.: with neut. Adj.,ἐὰν ξυμβῶ τί σοι Ar.Ra. 175
;ἤν τι ξυμβαίνωσι Th.2.5
; ξ. τὰ πλείω, οὐδέν, Id.4.117, 5.36;τἆλλα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις Id.8.98
: c. inf.,συνέβησαν ἐς τὠυτὸ.., τὸν δὲ βασιλεύειν Hdt.1.13
;ξ. ὑπήκοοι εἶναι Th.1.117
; ξ. ἤν τις ἁλίσκηται,.. δοῦλον εἶναι ib. 103;ξ. τοῖς Πλαταιεῦσι παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτούς Id.2.4
;ξ. πρὸς Νικίαν.. ἐπιτρέψαι Id.4.54
; alsoσυνέβησαν.. ὥστε τριηκοσίους μαχέσασθαι Hdt.1.82
; σ. εἰς τὸ μέσον agree to a compromise, Pl.Prt. 337e; λόγοις ς., of a verbal agreement, E.Med. 737, Andr. 233: generally, make friends with, ἐκ πολέμου ξ. Ar.V. 867;ἀπὸ τοῦ ἴσου Th.4.19
;ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις E.Ph. 590
(troch.): in [tense] pf. συμβεβάναι and [voice] Pass., of the agreement, δοκέοντες πάντα συμβεβάναι that everything had been settled, or that they had settled everything, Hdt.3.146;ἐπὶ τούτοις ξυμβεβάσθαι Th.8.98
; .2 agree with, be on good terms with,οὐ.. Ἀθηναίοισι συνέβαιν' Αἰσχύλος Ar.Ra. 807
; σ. ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν στάσεων hold with one and other of them, D.H.2.62.3 of things, tally, correspond with,ὁ χρόνος ἐδόκεε τῇ ἡλικίῃ συμβαίνειν Hdt.1.116
;ἐθέλων εἰδέναι εἰ [οἱ ἐκείνων λόγοι] συμβήσονται τοῖσι λόγοισι τοῖσι ἐν Μέμφι Id.2.3
;ξυμβαίνει ταῦτα τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ Lys.8.9
;εἰς ταὐτὸ σ. τοῖς ἐμοῖς στίβοις A.Ch. 210
: abs., ὅπως ἂν ἀρτίκολλα συμβαίνῃ τάδε ib. 580; χρησμοί τε συμβαίνουσι are in harmony therewith, Ar.Eq. 220, cf. S. Tr. 1164; αὐτὸ σ. εἰς ταύτην εἶναι πέμπτην five days later exactly tallies, D.19.60; τοῦτο σ. οὐ πλέον ἢ εἰς δώδεκα comes to no more than 12, X.HG6.4.12;αἱ πεντακόσιαι μάλιστά πως συνέβαινον δραχμαί Aristid.Or.50(26).94
; τὸ φαρμακεύεσθαι τῷ καθαίρεσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸν ς. comes to the same thing as.., Gal.15.901; of ashlar-work, fit or range exactly, M.Ant.5.8.4 fall to one's lot, c. dat. pers.,μοι σ. ἆται E.IT 148
(lyr.), etc.;ἡδοναί τινι Isoc.15.222
;τριηραρχία μοι D. 47.49
;ἀτυχία Id.57.65
;εὐεργεσιῶν συμβαίνειν καιρόν Id.20.121
.III of events, come to pass, fall out, happen,συμβαίνει δ' οὐ τὰ μέν, τὰ δ' οὔ A.Pers. 802
; τῶνδε ναμέρτεια ς. S.Tr. 173;ἐὰν μὴ θεία τις σ. τύχη Pl.R. 592a
;αἱ ἀεὶ συμβαίνουσαι τύχαι Id.Criti. 120e
; εἰ καιρὸς ς. X.Eq.Mag.2.5;χρηστόν τι σ. παρὰ θεῶν D.1.11
;τοὐναντίον συμβαίνειν πέφυκε Gal.15.460
: c. dat., ib.67, 16.724: also euphem., ἄν τι ξυμβῇ if anything happen (i.e. any evil), D.21.112, cf. Riv.Fil.60.59 (ii B.C.): generally, occur, be found, exist,ἐν τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ φωνῇ σ. τὸ ὄνομα Pl.Cra. 398b
, cf. A.D.Pron.29.15: but,b mostly impers., sts. c. dat. et inf.,αὐτῷ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀνελέσθαι συνέβη Hdt.6.103
, cf. 3.50, Th.1.1;συμβαίνει τῷ πλοίῳ ἀργεῖν PCair.Zen.650.2
(iii B.C.), cf. PMich.Zen.21.3, al. (iii B.C.): sts. c. acc. et inf.,συνέβη Γέλωνα νικᾶν Hdt.7.166
, cf. Th.8.25;συμβαίνει διὰ παντὸς ἡμᾶς περιφόβους εἶναι PCair.Zen.160.6
, cf. 132.5 (iii B.C.), PEnteux.6.2, al. (iii B.C.), Gal.15.476;σ. τῷ οἰκοδόμῳ μουσικῷ εἶναι Arist.Metaph. 1017a11
; folld. by ὥστε, S.Tr. 1152, Th.4.79, Arist.Pol. 1261a34: c. part., σ. ὄν, γιγνόμενον, λεγόμενον, Pl. Sph. 244d, Phlb. 42d, Cra. 412a.c τὸ συμβεβηκός chance event, contingency, Id.Prm. 128c;τὰ συμβαίνοντα X.Cyr.1.6.43
;τὰ συμβάντα Id.An.3.1.13
;ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ὁ τόπος εἴληφε τὴν προσηγορίαν Plb.10.28.7
: hence κατὰ συμβεβηκός by accident, contingently (v. infr. iv. 1); τοῦ συμβαίνοντός ἐστι it depends upon accident, easily happens, Is.4.13.2 joined with Adverbs or Adiectives, turn out in a certain way,ὀρθῶς σφι ἡ φήμη συνέβαινε ἐλθοῦσα Hdt. 9.101
; κακῶς, καλῶς συμβῆναι, X.Mem.1.2.63, Cyr.5.4.14, E.IT 1055;τὰ μητρὸς.. ἔχθιστα συμβέβηκεν S.El. 262
; ταῦτα.. λαμπρὰ ς. Id.Tr. 1174;ξυμβεβᾶσιν οἱ λόγοι.. ἀληθεῖς E.Hel. 622
;ἄπιστ' ἀληθῆ πολλὰ σ. βροτοῖς Id.Fr. 396
;σ. μέγιστον κακὸν ἡ ἀδικία Pl.Grg. 479c
, cf. Alc. 1.130c, Cra.398e;δοκεῖ τὸ μαντεῖον τοὐναντίον ξυμβῆναι ἢ.. Th.2.17
;τοιούτου τούτου συμβάντος Id.1.74
; συμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ (sc. ἄριστον) Pl. Lg. 903d: abs., turn out well,ἢν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα Th.3.3
;εἴ μοι σ. τοῦτο Pl.Lg. 744a
.3 of consequences, come out, result, follow, ; ; τὰ συμβάντα, opp. ἡ προαίρεσις, D.18.192;δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ συμβάντος Gal.16.583
;ἐὰν μὴ ὅτι τάχος ἀποσταλῇ τὰ ὑποζύγια, συμβήσεται τὰ μελίσσεια ἀπολέσθαι PCair.Zen. 467.8
, cf. 481.2, al. (iii B.C.).b of logical conclusions, result, follow, freq. in Pl. and Arist., Pl.Grg. 459b, etc.;σ. ἐκ τῶν κειμένων Arist.Top. 156b38
, al., cf. D.25.73: impers., it follows, c. inf., Pl.Tht. 170c, Phd. 74a, Arist.EN 1152b25, al.; alsoσ. μήτε κουφότητ' ἔχειν μήτε βάρος, ἔπειθ' ὅτι ἀδύνατον κινηθῆναι Arist.Cael. 270a5
: also pers., συμβαίνει εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι turns out to be, i.e. consequently or inevitably is or happens, κάθαρσις εἶναι τοῦτο ς. Pl.Phd. 67c, cf. 80b, Cra. 396a, Phlb. 55a, 64e, Prm. 134b, R. 438e;ὅσα συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι κακὰ καὶ ὅσα συμβήσεται Id.Plt. 301e
: hence συμβεβηκός (v. infr. iv. 2).IV in Philos., τὸ συμβεβηκός has two senses:1 a contingent attribute or ' accident' (in the modern sense), Arist. APo. 73b4, Top. 102b4, al.; κατὰ συμβεβηκός ' accidentally', opp. καθ' αὑτό, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Metaph. 1052a18, Thphr.Sens.22; opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 71b10, al.; opp. φύσει, Id.de An. 406a14; opp. κυρίως, πρώτως, Gal.15.629, cf. 16.575, al.; opp. ἄντικρυς, Id.18(2).180.2 an attribute necessarily resulting from the notion of a thing, but not entering into the definition thereof,οἷον τῷ τριγώνῳ τὸ δύο ὀρθὰς ἔχειν Arist.Metaph. 1025a31
; distd. by the addition of καθ' αὑτό, Id.APo. 83b19, al.; in Epicurus, essential attribute, property, opp. σύμπτωμα 'accident', τὰ τούτων συμπτώματα ἢ ς. Ep.1p.6U., cf. Nat.4 G., al.;σ. ἀνθρώπου τὸ θνητὸν εἶναι Phld.Sign.3
, al.; in the Stoics, consequence, opp. αἴτιον, Zeno Stoic.1.25.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμβαίνω
-
15 ἀποκρύπτω
Aἀποκρύπτασκε Hes.Th. 157
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. -εκρύβην [ῠ] LXXJb.3.23: [tense] fut. - κρῠβήσομαι ib.Ps.18(19).6, Gal.UP10.12:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor.2- εκρυβόμην Apollod. 3.2.1
:—hide from, keep hidden from, c. acc. et gen.,αἴ γάρ μιν θανάτοιο.. δυναίμην νόσφιν ἀποκρύψαι Il.18.465
: c. dat. pers.,ἀπέκρυψεν δέ μοι ἵππους 11.718
: c. dupl. acc., hide or keep back from one,οῠτε σε ἀποκρύψω τὴν ἐμὴν οὐσίαν Hdt.7.28
;τι ἀπό τινος LXX4 Ki.4.27
:— [voice] Med.,ἀποκρύπτεσθαί τινά τι Pl.Lg. 702c
, X. Mem.2.6.29, etc.; ἀ. τι keep it back, Pl.Prt. 348e, cf. 327a: c. acc. pers., X.Cyr.8.7.23, Smp. 1.6.2 hide from sight, keep hidden, conceal, Od.17.286, etc.;ἔθηκε νύκτ' ἀποκρύψας φάος Archil.74.3
;τὸν ἥλιον ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθεος τῶν ὀϊστῶν ἀ. Hdt.7.226
;ἀποκρύψει φάος νύξ A.Pr.24
;χιὼν ἀ. τι X. An.4.4.11
;ἀ. τὴν σοφίαν Pl.Ap. 22e
;ἀ. τὴν οὐσίαν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις Isoc.1.42
;εἰς τὸ ἄδηλον -κρύπτων X.Eq.Mag.5.7
:—[voice] Med., Ar.Eq. 424.483; ἀ. ἑαυτόν efface oneself, Pl.R. 393c: c. inf., ἀποκρύπτεσθαί τι μὴ καθ' ἡδονὴν ποιεῖν to conceal one's doing, Th.2.53;περὶ ὧν ἀποκρυπτόμεθα μηδένα εἰδέναι Lys.7.18
; [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. in med. sense,οὐκ ἀποκέκρυπται τὴν οὐσίαν D.28.3
: abs.,ἀποκρύψασθαι πρός τινα Isoc. 11.2
:—[voice] Pass., ; τοὺς ἀποκρυπτομένους those who withdraw from public, Alex. 265.II ἀ. γῆν lose from sight, of ships running out to sea, opp.ἀνοίγνυμι 1.3
,φεύγειν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος.. ἀποκρύψαντα γῆν Pl.Prt. 338a
, cf. Lib.Or.59.147; ἐπειδὴ ἀπεκρύψαμεν αὐτούς when we got out of sight of them, Luc.VH2.38, cf. Th.5.65 (sc. αὐτούς) τὴν θάλατταν (i.e. by marching inland) Aristid.1.473 J.; ἀποκρύπτουσι Πελειάδες (sc. ἑαυτούς) disappear, Hes.Fr. 179;ἄστερες ἄμφι σελάνναν ἀ. εἶδος Sapph.3
; but also [voice] Pass. of ships, Hero Aut. 22.5.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀποκρύπτω
-
16 ὑπόθεσις
A proposal, proposed action,τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑ. ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13
;ἵνα σὺ τὰ σαυτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ὑ. ὅπως ἂν βούλῃ περαίνῃς Pl.Grg. 454c
; intention, policy,πολλὰ πρᾶξαι πρὸς τὴν ὑ. τῆς πατρίδος ὡς συχνῆς ἀδικίας δεομένην Thphr.Fr. 136
;διὰ τὴν ὑ. τῆς πολιτείας.. ἠναγκάζετο χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπουργοῦσι Plu.Caes.51
; πρὸς ὑ. τινα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν men good for a particular policy, Arist.Pol. 1293b4; ὑ. τῆς δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας ἐλευθερία ib. 1317a40; ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν νόμων ὑ. ἐνταῦθα ἔβλεπεν, ὅπως .. Pl.Lg. 743c;περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως ἅπασι βουλευτέον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἕκαστοι τοῦ βίου ποιήσωνται τὴν ὑ. Isoc.6.90
;τοῖς φαύλοις ἐνδέχεται τὰ τυχόντα πράττειν· εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτην πεποίηνται τὴν ὑ. Id.1.48
;ἀνάγκη τοῖς περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων καλὰς τὰς ὑ. πεποιημένοις καὶ τὰ μέρη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχειν ἐκείνοις Id.7.28
;πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑ. ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον βουλευσόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων Id.8.18
;ἐξέστητε τῆς ὑ. ἐφ' ἧς ὑμᾶς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον D.10.46
; οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑ. προεστῶτες those who advocated the same policy, Plb.30.32.12;ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπ' ἐκείνην τὴν ὑ. Id.24.9.7
; Ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι.. ταύτην τὴν ὑ. καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ib.4;τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑ. λαμπρόν Id.21.23.1
;τὸ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων Id.18.29.2
;τηροῦντες τὴν αὑτῶν ὑ. Id.5.5.5
;πρὸς ταύτην ἁρμοζόμενοι τὴν ὑ. Id.3.16.1
, cf. 3.50.7; κατασκέψασθαι τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ἐπίνοιαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην ὑ. ib.6;Φάβιος.. κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. οὐδαμῶς κρίνων ἐκκυβεύειν οὐδὲ παραβάλλεσθαι τοῖς ὅλοις Id.3.94.4
.2 suggestion, advice,ἐδώκαμεν ἄν σοι ὑποθέσεις δι' ὧν οἱ ἀντίδικοι ἂν οἴμωζον PMich.Zen.57.7
(iii B. C.);διελέγοντο.. κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς Ἀράτου καὶ τὰς ὑ. Plb. 2.48.8
, cf. 2.52.6, 4.24.2;κροτηθείσης τῆς ὑ. Id.28.16.5
; πολυτέχνους ὑ. ἔργων elaborate proposals for works, Plu.Per.12.3 purpose, ;λόγῳ μὲν ἀποδώσων.., ἑτέραν δὲ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἔχων ὑ. λανθάνουσαν τοὺς πολλούς Id.Mar.31
;ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας τῆς τε ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου ἀξιολογώτατος ἀγὼν συνηνέχθη D.C.41.56
;ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πρόφασιν διδόντων ἐλευθεροῦν τοὺς Ἕλληνας Plu.Flam.15
;τὸ χωρὶς ὑποθέσεως πολεμεῖν.. τί ἄλλο ἢ μανία; D.Chr.38.17
; [οἱ ἐλέφαντες] ἴσασι τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν ὑ... εἶναι.. τοὺς ὀδόντας Ael.NA6.56
.4 occasion, excuse, pretext,οὕτω γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀπολογία προαναιροῖτο καὶ ἡ πρώτη ὑ. τῆς ἐθελοδουλείας Luc.Merc.Cond.5
; τοιαύτης αὐτοῖς τῆς ὑ. οὔσης ib.10;ἀεὶ χρὴ ἐπί τινι λυπεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ ἄνευ ὑ. Artem.
2.60;ὑ. ἀργυρισμοῦ καὶ φόνων εἰληφέναι ἐδόκει D.C.63.26
;μή με νομίσῃς ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑ. ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον Id.52.18
.5 actor's role,τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς.. οὓς ὁρῶμεν οὔτε κλαίοντας ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις, ὡς αὐτοὶ θέλουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς ὁ ἀγὼν ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. Plu.Dem.22
;ὶδεῖν τί μου ποιεῖ ὁ ἀθλητής, πῶς μελετᾷ τὴν ὑ. Arr.Epict.1.29.38
, cf. 41;τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὑ. λαβεῖν Iamb.VP8.39
.6 function, occupation, station in life, [Διονύσιος] ἐκ σημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑ. ὁρμηθείς Plb.15.35.2
; [Ἀγαθοκλῆς] ὁρμηθεὶς ἀπὸ τοιαύτης ὑ. Id.12.15.7
;τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην βίου ὑ. εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον ὡς ταύτην ἐν ᾗ νῦν ὢν τυγχάνεις M.Ant.11.7
, cf. 8.1, Paul. Aeg.3.17.7 practical problem,κοινὴ ἡ ὑ. καὶ τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς βίῳ πάνυ πολλή, βαλανείου κατασκευή Luc.Hipp.4
;ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑ. τοιαύτη HeroAut.21.2
.II subject proposed ( to oneself or another) for discussion,κελεῦσαι τὴν πρώτην ὑ. τοῦ πρώτου λόγου ἀναγνῶναι Pl. Prm. 127d
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. ἐπανάγειν τὸν λόγον X.Mem.4.6.13
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν Isoc.4.63
, cf. Gal.6.124;τὴν ὑ. περὶ ἧς βουλεύεσθε οὐχὶ τὴν οὖσαν παριστάντες D.3.1
;τοὺς δικαστὰς ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑ. Id.19.242
;ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. μεῖναι Aeschin.3.76
;ἔξω τῆς ὑ. λέγειν Isoc.7.63
, cf. 12.161;μὴ πόρρω λίαν τῆς ὑ. ἀποπλανηθῶ Id.7.77
, cf. 12.88, Aeschin. 3.176,190;ὅτ' ἔγραφον περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑ. Isoc.5.83
;περὶ [τῆς πόλεως] τὴν ὑ. ποιησάμενος Id.12.35
;τοῦ πράγματος ἐν κεφαλαίῳ.. δήλωσις, ἵνα γινώσκωσι περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος παρακολουθῶσί τε τῇ ὑ. Arist.Rh.Al. 1436a36
, cf. Pl.Def. 415b;ἡ ὑ. ἐλάττων Arist.Rh. 1404b15
; πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν λέγειν, opp. πρὸς ἀμφισβητοῦντα, ib. 1391b13;πολλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. οἰκείως διαλεχθείς D.S.13.53
; haec erat ὑ., de gravitate ordinis, etc., Cic.Att.1.14.4.2 case at law, lawsuit,γράφει ὁ Μαιίστας εἰς τὴν ὑ. ταύτην IG11(4).1299.29
(Delos, iii B. C.), cf. OGI665.18,669.41 (both Egypt, i A. D.), POxy. 237 vii 34, viii 22 (ii A. D.), 486.26 (ii A. D.);τὰ περὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. πεπραγμένα PLips.34.18
(iv A. D.).3 subject of a poem or treatise, Zeno Stoic.1.23, Plb.1.2.1, D.H.Pomp.3, Longin. 38.2, Plu.Pomp.42, Luc.Charid.14, Pseudol.5, al.; of a picture, Id.Zeux.5,7; of an impromptu declamation,ἐπειδὰν οἱ παρόντες ὑποβάλωσί τινας ὑ. καὶ ἀφορμὰς λόγου Id.Rh.Pr.18
; plot, story,μῦθοι καὶ ὑποθέσεις Phld.Po.2.62
, cf. 5.5, al., Arg.Men.Oxy.1235.113 (ii A. D.), Dicaearch. ap. S.E.M.3.3, Artem.4.59, Sch.S.Aj.Prooem., Arg.Ar. Ach. tit., etc.4 speech,αἱ δικανικαὶ καὶ δημηγορικαὶ ὑ. Theon Prog.1
; = ἐπίδειξις 1.3, ἀρξαμένων (v.l. -ῳ)τῆς ὑ. LXX 4 Ma.1.12
; ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὰς ὅλην πληρούσας ὑ. providing matter for a whole speech, Chor.p.34B.b speech or subject of a speech in which the person, occasion, etc. are particularized, opp. θέσις v. 2, Aphth.Prog. 13, cf. Quint.Inst.3.5.7.5 a kind of play or pantomime,μῖμοί τινές εἰσιν ὧν τοὺς μὲν ὑποθέσεις τοὺς δὲ παίγνια καλοῦσιν Plu.2.712e
; μιμολωγοι η υποθησις εικυρα (i. e. μιμολόγοι· ἡ ὑπόθεσις Ἑκυρά), i. e. 'theatrical performance: play, the Hecyra', Ath.Mitt.26.4 (inscr. on lamp, iii B. C.); κλάειν ἤρξαντο πάντες καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ συμπόσιον εἰς σκυθρωπὴν ὑ. into a tragedy, Charito 4.3; so perh. in Luc.Nigr.8; of Aesop's fables,χρῆται [τῇ ἀλώπεκι] ὁ Αἴσωπος διακόνῳ τῶν πλείστων ὑ. Philostr.Im.1.3
.III supposition,ἢ βούλεσθε.. ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑ., περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μὴ ἕν, τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b
; αὕτη ἡ ὑ., εἰ ἓν μὴ ἔστιν ib. 160b; χρὴ.. μὴ μόνον εἰ ἔστιν ἕκαστον ὑποτιθέμενον σκοπεῖν τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς ὑ., ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ μὴ ἔστι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑποτίθεσθαι ib. 135e, cf. 136a; [σκοπεῖν] τί ἐφ' ἑκατέρας τῆς ὑ. συμβήσεται ib. 136b;εἰ ὀρθὴ ἡ ὑ. ἦν, τὸ ψυχὴν ἁρμονίαν εἶναι Id.Phd. 94b
, cf. 92d, Sph. 244c;πρὸς μὲν τὴν ὑ. ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν, ὅλως δ' οὐκ ὀρθῶς Arist. Metaph. 1082b32
; ἐξ ὑποθέσεως σκοπεῖσθαι examine by starting from an assumption, of reasoning by analysis in geometry, Pl.Men. 86e; τῶν τὴν τέχνην ζητεύντων ἐξ ὑποθέσιος λόγων arguments seeking to derive the (medical) art from an assumption, Hp.VM13; ὑ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς ὑποθέμενοι τῷ λόγῳ ib.1; ἄγοντες ἐπὶ ὑπόθεσιν τὴν τέχνην ib. 15;χρῆσιν ἀρετῆς τελείαν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἐξ ὑ. ἀλλ' ἁπλῶς· λέγω δ' ἐξ ὑ. τἀναγκαῖα, οἷον.. τιμωρίαι καὶ κολάσεις.. τὸ καλῶς ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσι Arist.Pol. 1332810
; ἡ πολιτεία ἡ ἐξ ὑ. ( = ἡ δοθεῖσα ) the constitution based on a presupposition, ib. 1288b28; of currency, ἓν δή τι δεῖ εἶναι, τοῦτο δ' ἐξ ὑ.· διὸ νόμισμα καλεῖται according to a presupposed convention, Id.EN 1133b21 (cf. a29-31, APr. 41a40); of reductio ad impossibile,ἢ δεικτικῶς ἢ ἐξ ὑ. τοῦ δ' ἐξ ὑ. μέρος τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου Id.APr. 40b25
-6, cf. 41a25;δυνατοῦ δεξάμενον ὑπόθεσιν ἐπ' ἀδύνατον ἀπαχθῆναι Arr.Epict.1.7.25
, cf. Procl. in Euc.pp.76,252 F.; καθ' ὑπόθεσιν by way of supposition, 'let us suppose', Phld.Rh. 1.95 S., Sign.12, Cleom.1.7.IV = τὸ ὑποκείμενον (cf.ὑπόκειμαι 11.8
), the presupposition of an action, that which has been settled before it begins,περὶ τοῦ τέλους οὐθεὶς βουλεύεται, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ' ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὑ. Arist.EE 1227a8
, cf. b30;τῶν πράξεων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ὑ. ἀληθεῖς καὶ δικαίας εἶναι προσήκει D.2.10
; of a thing, that without which it cannot exist or be what it is, its essence, αὕτη (sc. τὸ στέλεχος)οἷον ὑ. καὶ φύσις δένδρων Thphr.HP4.13.4
(cf. οὐσία καὶ φύσις τοῦ δένδρου ibid.);ἐπὶ τοῖς χυμοῖς μόνοις σηπομένοις ἔχοντος τὴν ὑ. ὅλου τοῦ νοσήματος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πυρετώδους ὄντος Gal.18(2).299
.2 in the syllogism, the preliminary statements of fact (whether proved or not) from which inference starts, i. e. the premisses ([etym.] προτάσεις) , τῶν ἀποδείξεων αἱ ὑ., equivalent to ἀρχαί, Arist.Metaph. 1013a16;αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱ λεγόμεναι ὑ. Id.APo. 81b15
; ὅσα δέδεικται δι' ἐκείνων ὑποθέσεις ποιησάμενοι taking as premisses (here) what has been proved in those other works, Gal.6.7, cf. 25,224; ἴστω.. τῆς ὑγιεινῆς πραγματείας ἀνατρέπων τὴν ὑ. ib.17;ὑπόθεσιν, αἴτησιν οὖσαν πράγματος εἰς κατασκευήν τινος S.E.M.3.4
;λαμβάνειν ἀναποδείκτους ὑ. Plu.2.720f
, cf. 721d;ἀναγκαῖον ἢ τὰς ὑ. εἶναι τὰς πρώτας ψευδεῖς, ἢ τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀποφάς εις Plb.1.15.9
, cf. 11.b assumption of existence of any one of the fundamental objects of a particular science,ὁ ὁρισμὸς θέσις μέν ἐστι.. ὑ. δ' οὐκ ἔστι· τὸ γὰρ τί ἐστι μονὰς καὶ τὸ εἶναι μονάδα οὐ ταὐτόν Arist.APo. 72a23
;ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα ἀρχή, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μαθηματικοῖς αἱ ὑ. Id.EN 1151a17
.3 starting-point,ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. λαβεῖν τὸν λόγον τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερον μέρος ὁρμήν Iamb.VP27.130
; beginning, τὰς μὲν ἐλπίδας οὐ τελειοῖ (sc. ὁ ὄνειρος) , τὰς δὲ ὑ. τῶν πραγμάτων ταῖς περιοχαῖς ὁμοίας ποιεῖ (referring to a birth of twins which died), Artem.4.47.4 raw material,τὴν δοθεῖσαν ὑ. εὐφυᾶ πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν γυμναστικῆς.. ἀμείνω ἀποφαίνειν Luc.Hist. Conscr.35
;οἵαν ὕλην καὶ ὑ. φεύγεις·.. μένε οὖν μέχρι ἐξοικειώσῃς σαυτῷ καὶ ταῦτα M.Ant.10.31
.V mortgage, Thphr.Fr.97.1 (pl.).2 thing placed under, base, τὰς ὑ. (signf. 111)ποιούμενος οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι ὑ., οἷον ἐπιβάσεις τε καὶ ὁρμάς Pl.R. 511b
, cf. Arr.Epict.1.7.22; in D.2.10 (v. supr. IV. 1) the ἀρχαί and ὑποθέσεις (i. e. basic principles) of actions are compared to the foundations ([etym.] τὰ κάτωθεν) of a house or a ship;Τριπτόλεμος.. τὰς πρώτας ὑ. βαλόμενος τῇ πόλει Lib.Or.11.52
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόθεσις
-
17 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
18 ὅς
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respectα. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.β. constructions ‘ad sensum’א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latterα. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attractionא. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.ⓖ The neut. is usedα. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.ⓙ combined w. particlesα. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostlyⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M. -
19 ἄγω
ᾰγω (ἄγεις, -ει, -οντι; -οις, -οι; -ων, -οντ(α), -οντες; -ειν. aor. ἄγᾰγε(ν), γᾰγον; ᾰγᾰγών, -όντα; ᾰγᾰγέν (v. l. ἀγαγεῖν). impf. ᾰγεν, ἆγε(ν), ἆγον. fut. ἄξοισι; ἄξοντ(α): med. ἀγέσθω.)1a bring (persons, things) οὐδὲ ματρὶ φῶτες γαγον (sc. σέ.) O. 1.46μιν ἔλαφον θήλειαν ἄξονθ O. 3.29
ὑπ' ἀμαχανίας ἄγων ἐς φάος τόνδε δᾶμον ἀστῶν O. 5.14
ξανθὰν ἀγαγὼν νεφέλαν πολὺν ὗσε χρυσόν O. 7.49
δέξαι τέ οἱ στεφάνων ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας O. 13.29
“ τὸν μὲν ἀμνάσει νάεσσι πολεῖς ἀγαγὲν (v. 1. ἀγαγεῖν.) P. 4.56 “ δέρμα τε κριοῦ βαθύμαλλον ἄγειν” P. 4.161τοὺς ἀγαγὼν ζεύγλᾳ πέλασσεν μοῦνος P. 4.227
οὐ τὰν Ἐπιμαθέος ἄγων ὀψινόου θυγατέρα Πρόφασιν P. 5.27
ἄνδρες τοὺς Ἀριστοτέλης ᾰγαγε ναυσὶ θοαῖς P. 5.87
νιν εὔφρων δέξεται καλλιγύναικι πάτρᾳ δόξαν ἱμερτὰν ἀγαγόντ' ἀπὸ Δελφῶν P. 9.75
παρθένον κεδνὰν χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλὼν ἆγεν ἱππευτᾶν Νομάδων δἰ ὅμιλον P. 9.123
Περσεὺς ὁπότε τρίτον ἄυσεν κασιγνητᾶν μέρος ἐνναλίᾳ Σερίφῳ λαοῖσί τε μοῖραν ἄγων P. 12.12
ᾤχετο δὲ πρὸς θεόν, κτέατ' ἄγων Τροίαθεν ἀκροθινίων N. 7.41
καί ποτ' ἐς ἑπταπύλους Θήβας ᾰγαγον στρατὸν ἀνδρῶν N. 9.18
ἆγε σὺν Τιρυνθίοισιν πρόφρονα σύμμαχον ἐς Τροίαν (sc. Ἡρακλέης.) I. 6.28 Θέμιν Μοῖραι ποτὶ κλίμακα σεμνὰν ἆγον Οὐλύμπου λιπαρὰν καθ' ὁδὸν fr. 30. 4.ὧραί τε Θεμίγονοι ἄστυ Θήβας ἐπῆλθον Ἀπόλλωνι δαῖτα φιλησιστέφανον ἄγοντες Pae. 1.8
ἦλθον ἄγγελοι ὀπίσω Σκυρόθεν Νεοπτόλεμον εὐρυβίαν ἄγοντες Pae. 6.103
ἵπποι μὲν ἀθάναται Ποσειδᾶνος ἄγοντ' Αἰακ[ Pae. 15.3
( Φοῖνιξ)· ὃς Δολόπων ἄγαγε θρασὺν ὅμιλον σφενδονᾶσαι fr. 183.b drive τὸν ( θησαυρὸν ὕμνων)οὔτε χειμέριος ὄμβρος οὔτ' ἄνεμος ἐς μυχοὺς ἁλὸς ἄξοισι P. 6.13
ὁπόσα χεριαρᾶν τεκτόνων δαίδαλ' ἄγων Κρισαῖον λόφον ἄμειψεν (sc. Κάρρωτος.) P. 5.36c bestowαἰὼν δ' μόρσιμος, πλοῦτόν τε καὶ χάριν ἄγων O. 2.10
ἐς ἀδελφεὸν Χάριτες ἄνθεα τεθρίππων γαγον O. 2.51
ἀλλ' ἀπήμαντον ἄγων βίοτον αὐτούς τἀέξοι καὶ πόλιν O. 8.87
κατέβαν ὑγίειαν ἄγων χρυσέαν P. 3.73
ἀπόλεμον ἀγαγὼν ἐς πραπίδας εὐνομίαν P. 5.66
Ἀλεύα τε παῖδες, Ἱπποκλέᾳ θέλοντες ἀγαγεῖν ἐπικωμίαν ἀνδρῶν κλυτὰν ὄπα P. 10.6
ὕδατος ὥτε ῥοὰς φίλον ἐς ἄνδρ' ἄγων κλέος ἐτήτυμον αἰνέσω N. 7.62
εἴ τις εὐδόξων ἐς ἀνδρῶν ἄγοι τιμὰς Ἑλικωνιάδων I. 2.34
met., τελευτὰν κεῖνος αὐταῖς (sc. ταῖς Συμπληγάσι)ἡμιθέων πλόος γαγεν P. 4.211
d med. take away “ ἄφθιτον στρωμνὰν ἀγέσθω” P. 4.2302a guide, be one's guide ἄγει δὲ χάρις φίλων ποί τινος ( ποίνιμος coni. Spiegel.)ἀντὶ ἔργων ὀπιζομένα P. 2.17
οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ ἀλλὰ Μοῖρά τις ἄγεν P. 5.76
ἄγοντι δέ με πέντε μὲν Ἰσθμοῖ νῖκαι P. 7.13
Θώρακος ὅσπερ ἐμὰν ποιπνύων χάριν τόδ' ἔζευξεν ἅρμα Πιερίδων τετράορον, φιλέων φιλέοντ ἄγων ἄγοντα προφρόνως P. 10.66
καὶ θνατὸν οὕτως ἔθνος ἄγει Μοῖρα N. 11.42
Νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί ( πάντας sc.: Boeckh, Wil. preferred to understand τὸ βιαιότατον as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ with ἄγει and δικαιῶν.) fr. 169. 3.b guide in various senses, (α) c. pred. adj. ὀρθὰν ἄγεις ἐφημοσύναν. i. e. uphold P. 6.20 (β) employνόῳ δὲ πλοῦτον ἄγει P. 6.47
ἄγει τ' ἀρετὰν οὐκ αἴσχιον φυᾶς. (v. αἰσχίων.) I. 7.22 (γ) wage, carry on “ οἷον ἀταρβεῖ νεῖκος ἄγει κεφαλᾷ.” P. 9.31c in tmesisἐπάγω O. 2.37
ἀνάγω I. 6.62
d frag. ἄγοις, ὦ κλυτά, θεράποντα, Λατοῖ fr. 94c. 3. -
20 εἴσειμι
A enter, go into, οὐδ' Ἀχιλῆος ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴσειμι I will not come before Achilles' eyes, Il.24.463: more freq. with Preps.,οὐκ εἴσειμι μετ' ἀνέρας Od.18.184
;παρὰ βασιλέα Hdt.1.99
; mostly with εἰς, ἐς τὸ μέγαρον ib.65, etc.; , X.Cyr.2.4.5; ἐσιέναι ἐς σπονδάς enter into a treaty, Th.5.30 : abs., τὸν εἰσιόντα μῆνα the ensuing month, And.1.42;τὸν εἰσιόντα ἐνιαυτόν Arist.Ath.31.2
, cf. POxy.1278.17 (iii A.D.), etc.II of the Chorus or actors, come upon the stage, enter, Pl.Lg. 664c; τὸ τοὺς τυράννους..εἰσιέναι take the part of king, D.19.247, cf. Lib.Or.30.28.III of public speakers, come into the assembly,εἰς ἀγοράν D.24.60
;καθ' ὅτι ἂν ἐσίῃ ἡ πρεσβεία Th.4.118
; of judges, come into court,εἰ. κρινοῦντες D.18.210
.2 of the parties to a lawsuit, come before the court, , etc.;εἰ. περί τινος D.19.211
;πρός τινα Id.54.32
.3 of the charges or actions,ἡ δίκη εἰσῄει Is.5.17
; δίκας εἰσιέναι κατά τινος enter upon actions, D.28.17, cf. Is.8.44.IV metaph., come into one's mind,Ἀστυάγεα ἀνάγνωσις ἐσήιε Id.1.116
;καίτοι μ' ἐσῄει δεῖμα E.Or. 1668
;ἔιεος εἰσῄει με Pl.Phd. 58e
: c. dat.,ἄιγος εἰσῄει φρενί E.IA 1580
, cf. Pl.Phd. 59a ; .2 impers., εἰσῄει αὐτοὺς ὅπως ἂν.. they began to think how they might.., X.An.5.9.17 : c. inf.,οὐδενὸς εἰσῄει μοι φθονεῖν D.23.188
.V rarely of things, what enters into one, food,X.
Cyr.1.6.17.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἴσειμι
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Σουδάν — Κράτος της Βόρειας Αφρικής. Συνορεύει στα Β με την Αίγυπτο και τη Λιβύη, στα Δ με το Τσαντ και την Κεντροαφρικάνικη Δημοκρατία, στα Ν με το Κόνγκο, την Ουγκάντα και την Κένυα και στα Α με την Αιθιοπία και την Ερυθραία, ενώ το ΒΑ τμήμα της… … Dictionary of Greek
Koine Greek — Koine redirects here. For other uses, see Koine (disambiguation). History of the Greek language (see also: Greek alphabet) … Wikipedia
Койне — О лингвистическом термине, обозначающем язык, использующийся при общении между носителями разных диалектов см. Койне (лингвистика). Койне (греч. Κοινὴ Ἑλληνική «общий греческий»[1], или ἡ κοινὴ διάλεκτος, «общий диалект») распространённая форма… … Википедия
Койнэ — О лингвистическом термине, обозначающем язык, использующийся при общении между носителями разных диалектов см. Койне (лингвистика). Койне (греч. Κοινὴ Ἑλληνική «общий греческий»[1], или ἡ κοινὴ διάλεκτος, «общий диалект») распространённая форма… … Википедия
γίνομαι — (AM γίγνομαι και γίνομαι) 1. δημιουργούμαι, αποκτώ ζωή, υπόσταση 2. (για γεωργικά προϊόντα) παράγομαι 3. συμβαίνω, πραγματοποιούμαι 4. καθίσταμαι, αποβαίνω 5. είμαι, υπάρχω 6. (για αριθμητικά ποσά) προκύπτω, εξάγομαι από πράξεις ή υπολογισμό 7.… … Dictionary of Greek
στήλη — Αναμνηστικό μνημείο, με νεκρικό συνήθως χαρακτήρα, μερικές όμως φορές και αναθηματικό, που αποτελείται από μια πέτρινη ή μαρμάρινη πλάκα τοποθετημένη πάνω σε βάση ή και στο έδαφος. Αρχαιότερα γνωστά μνημεία του είδους είναι εκείνα της… … Dictionary of Greek
Αίγυπτος — I Κράτος της βορειοανατολικής Αφρικής και (σε μικρό μέρος) της δυτικής Ασίας.Συνορεύει στα Δ με τη Λιβύη, στα Ν με το Σουδάν και στα ΒΑ με το Ισραήλ, ενώ βρέχεται στα Β από τη Μεσόγειο θάλασσα και στα Α από την Ερυθρά θάλασσα.Η Α. (αλ… … Dictionary of Greek
Ηνωμένες Πολιτείες της Αμερικής — Επίσημη ονομασία: Ηνωμένες Πολιτείες της Αμερικής Συντομευμένη ονομασία: ΗΠΑ (USA) Έκταση: 9.629.091 τ. χλμ Πληθυσμός: 278.058.881 κάτ. (2001) Πρωτεύουσα: Ουάσινγκτον (6.068.996 κάτ. το 2002)Κράτος της Βόρειας Αμερικής. Συνορεύει στα Β με τον… … Dictionary of Greek
τουρκιά — Χώρα της εγγύς Ανατολής. Το ευρωπαϊκό τμήμα της συνορεύει με την Ελλάδα και τη Βουλγαρία και βρέχεται από το Αιγαίο Πέλαγος, τον Εύξεινο Πόντο και την Προποντίδα. Το ασιατικό τμήμα της συνορεύει με την Αρμενία, το Αζερμπαϊτζάν, τη Γεωργία, το… … Dictionary of Greek
Μαρόκο — Κράτος της βορείου Αφρικής. Συνορεύει στα Δ με την Αλγερία και στα Ν με τη Δυτική Σαχάρα. Βρέχεται στα Β από τη Μεσόγειο θάλασσα και στα Δ από τον Ατλαντικό ωκεανό.Το Μ. έχει χερσαία σύνορα μήκους 2.017 χλμ. που τη χωρίζουν από την Αλγερία (1.559 … Dictionary of Greek
Βυζαντινή αυτοκρατορία — I Β.α., ή αλλιώς Μεταγενέστερο Ρωμαϊκό ή Ανατολικό Ρωμαϊκό Κράτος, αποκαλείται συμβατικά το ανατολικό τμήμα της Ρωμαϊκής αυτοκρατορίας. Πρωτεύουσα του τμήματος αυτού, που μετά την κατάλυση του Δυτικού Ρωμαϊκού κράτους συνέχισε περίπου για έντεκα… … Dictionary of Greek